Tsunami® 800 and 8000 Series

(Point-to-point and Point-to-multipoint Products)

Reference Guide

Products Covered
--> Tsunami® Multipoint
- MP-8200-BSU-G; MP-8250-BS9-G; MP-8250-BS1-G
- MP-8200-BSU; MP-8250-BS9; MP-8250-BS1
- MP-820-BSU-100
- MP-825-BS3-100
- MP-8100-BSU
- MP-820-SUA-50+
- MP-820-SUA-100
- MP-825-SUR-50+
- MP-825-SUR-100
- MP-825-CPE-50
- MP-825-CPE-100
- MP-835-CPE-10
- MP-835-CPE-25
- MP-835-CPE-50
- MP-835-CPE-100
- MP-8100-SUA
- MP-8150-SUR
- MP-8150-SUR-100
- MP-8150-CPE
- MP-8200-SUA
- MP-8250-SUR
- MP-8160-BSU and MP-8160-BS9
- MP-8160-SUA
- MP-8160-CPE
- MP-826-CPE-50
--> Tsunami Quickbridge®
- QB-8200-EPA-G/LNK-G
- QB-8250-EPR-G/LNK-G
- QB-8100-EPA/LNK
- QB-8150-EPR/LNK
- QB-8150-LNK-100
- QB-8150-LNK-12/50
- QB-8151-EPR/LNK
- QB-8200-EPA/LNK
- QB-8250-EPR/LNK
- QB-825-EPR/LNK-50+
- QB-825-EPR/LNK-100
-- QB-826-EPR/LNK-100
- QB-825-EPR/LNK-50
- QB-8160-EPR/LNK-100
- QB-835-EPR/LNK-25/50
Copyright
© 2016 Proxim Wireless Corporation, Fremont, CA. All rights reserved. Covered by one or more of the following U.S. patents: 5,231,634;
5,875,179; 6,006,090; 5,809,060; 6,075,812; 5,077,753. The content described herein are copyrighted with all rights reserved. No part of this
publication may be reproduced, transmitted, transcribed, stored in a retrieval system, or translated into any language in any form by any means
without the written permission of Proxim Wireless Corporation.

Trademarks
Tsunami®, Proxim, and Proxim logo are the trademarks of Proxim Wireless Corporation. All other trademarks mentioned herein are the property of
their respective owners.

Disclaimer
Proxim reserves the right to revise this publication and to make changes in content from time-to-time without obligation on the part of Proxim to
provide notification of such revision or change. Proxim may make improvements or changes in the product(s) described in this guide at any time.
When using these device, basic safety precautions should always be followed to reduce the risk of fire, electric shock and injury to persons.

Tsunami® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide

Documentation Version: 6.2

P/N 765-00133, Jan 2016

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 2

 Preface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

1 Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Accessing the Command Line Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
User Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Log on to the Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Serial Connection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Telnet/SSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
General Notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Navigation and Special Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Command List . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .11
Command Line Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Rules for Table Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Delete a String . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
User Access Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
User Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Privilege Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
IPerf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Generate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Ping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Retrieve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Traceroute . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
aad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Clear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Show . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Configure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Statistics Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
IP Route Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
System Log and Event Log Messages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Learn Table . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
RIP Database. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
DHCP Server Database . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110

2 MIB Browser for SNMP Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
MIB Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112
Using MIB Browser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Perquisites - SNMP Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 3

 Viewing MIB Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116
Configuring MIB Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117
Apply Changes to the Flash Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .117

3 Event Log Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118

DHCP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Flash Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Logger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Netconfig . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
SNTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
SNMP Group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
System Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Sysutils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
TFTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
VLAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Wireless . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Filtering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
PPPoE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
IGMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146

4 Alarm Traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147

Trap Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Interface Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Security Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Operational Traps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
System Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
SNTP Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Image Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Network Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
TFTP Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
WORP Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Spectrum Analyzer Traps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150

5 RADIUS Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151

Windows 2003 RADIUS Server . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
FreeRADIUS Server Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Dictionary File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 4

6 An Example - Routing Mode Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174

7 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

8 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

9 Warranty and Technical Support Policy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188

10 Technical Services and Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 5

 Preface

Preface

This chapter contains information on the following:

• About this Guide
• Products Covered
• Audience
• Prerequisites
• Related Documents
• Documentation Conventions

About this Guide

This guide provides instructions on how to configure, manage and monitor the device by using Command Line Interface.

Products Covered
Given below are the Tsunami® products that are covered in this guide along with the latest software version supported by
each of the product:

Product(s) Supported Countries Supported Software Version

MP-8200-BSU-G US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8250-BS9-G US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8250-BS1-G US, WD 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8200-BSU US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8250-BS9 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8250-BS1 US, WD 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-820-BSU-100 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-822-BSU-100 IC 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-825-BS3-100 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-8100-SUA US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8150-SUR US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8150-SUR-100 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8200-SUA US, WD, EU, JP 3.2.1 (901050)
MP-8250-SUR US, WD, EU, JP 3.2.1 (901050)
+
MP-820-SUA-50 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-820-SUA-100 US 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-822-SUA-100 IC 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-825-SUR-50+ US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-825-SUR-100 US 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-825-CPE-50 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 6

 Preface

Product(s) Supported Countries Supported Software Version

MP-825-CPE-100 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-835-CPE-10 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-835-CPE-25 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-835-CPE-50 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
MP-835-CPE-100 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
QB-8200-EPA-G/LNK-G US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
QB-8250-EPR-G/LNK-G US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
QB-8200-EPA/LNK US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
QB-8250-EPR/LNK US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901050)
QB-825-EPR/LNK-50+ US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
QB-825-EPR/LNK-100 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
QB-835-EPR/LNK-25 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)
QB-835-EPR/LNK-50 US, WD, EU 3.2.1 (901051)

Audience
The intended audience for this guide is the Network Administrator who installs and/or manages the device.

Prerequisites
The reader of this document should have working knowledge of Wireless Networks, Local Area Networking (LAN) concepts,
Network Access Infrastructures and Client-Server Applications.

Related Documents
In addition to this guide, please refer to the following documents that are available on the Proxim’s support site
http://my.proxim.com.
• Quick Installation Guide (QIG) - A quick reference guide that provides essential information to install and configure
the device.
• Hardware Installation Guide - A guide that provides an overview about the Tsunami® products, their installation
methods and hardware specifications.
• Software Reference Guide - A guide that provides instructions on how to configure, manage and monitor the
device by using Web Interface.
• Antenna Guides - A guide that gives insight on the recommended antennas and the ways to align them.
• Safety and Regulatory Compliance Guide - A guide that provides country specific safety and regulatory norms to
be followed while installing the devices.

Documentation Conventions
Style
This guide explains the method to configure and manage the device by using Command Line Interface, with MP-8100-Base
Station as an example. Wherever applicable, please correlate the same with your device.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 7

 Preface

Icon Representation

Name Image Meaning

Note A special instruction that draws attention of a user.

Important A note of significant importance that a user should be aware of.

Caution A warning that cautions a user of the possible danger.

Device Naming Conventions

Naming Convention Description

BSU Refers to a Base Station Unit

Subscriber / SU Mode / SU Refers to both SU and CPE

End Point A mode Refers to a device in End Point A mode

End Point B mode Refers to a device in End Point B mode

MP 800 and 8000 BSU/SU in Legacy Refers to MP 800 and 8000 BSU and SU devices that can
Mode interoperate with the legacy products of the MP.11
family.

: A feature specific to a device is referred to by its name (For example, MP-8100-BSU) else by the common naming
convention as tabulated above.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 8

Command Line Interface 1
1.1 Introduction
The Command Line Interface (CLI) is a text-based configuration utility that supports a set of keyboard
commands and parameters to configure, manage and monitor the device. The commands can be issued
from the keyboard for real-time control, or from scripts that automate configuration. The CLI can be used
as an alternative to the Web interface. For example, a user can quickly change multiple settings by running
commands in a batch.
The Tsunami® 800 and 8000 products support two types of CLI: 1) Bootloader CLI and 2) Application Level
CLI. The Bootloader CLI is a minimal subset of the normal CLI that is used to perform initial configuration
of the device. The Bootloader CLI is available when the device’s embedded software is not running.

1.1.1 Accessing the Command Line Interface

The CLI can be accessed through the serial port interface, and over the Ethernet interface by using Tel-
net/SSH. During initial configuration, CLI can be accessed over a serial port connection to configure the
device’s IP address. When accessing CLI through Telnet/SSH, you can communicate with the device by
using a switch or hub, over the Internet, or by using an Ethernet cable that is connected directly to the
computer’s Ethernet port.

: All CLI commands and parameters are case-sensitive.

1.2 User Types

Based on the access credentials, two types of users can access the device. They are,
1. Administrator User: The Administrator user administers the entire device. This user type has the write access to all
the features of the device and also has the privilege to change his or her own password and that of the Monitor user
(the other user type).
2. Monitor User: The Monitor user has only view access to all the features of the device. This user is also restricted from
changing his or her own password. However, this user is given the privilege to retrieve event logs and temperature
logs for debugging.

1.3 Log on to the Device

1.3.1 Serial Connection
When the device is accessed through a serial connection (For example, HyperTerminal or TeraTerm), the
following POST messages are displayed:
[POST] --->
RAM TEST PASSED
FLASH TEST PASSED
WIRED NETWORK PASSED
WIRELESS NETWORK1 PASSED

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 9

 Command Line Interface

DB TEST PASSED
POST:DONE
[POST] <---
Boot-Loader 1.3.0 (Aug 31 2010 - 10:06:11)

Booting the application image

Loading Application...
Please wait 30 seconds after the prompt appears before trying to login...
Username:

When the device is in the initialization stage, please wait for 30 seconds and then provide login credentials.
The default login credentials are as follows:
• Administrator User: User Name --> admin, and password --> public
• Monitor User: User Name --> monitor, and password --> public

: POST (Power On Self Test) PASSED indicates that the component is present, and it is expected to function normally.

1.3.2 Telnet/SSH
To log on to the device using Telnet/SSH,
1. Confirm that your computer has IP connectivity with the device.

: The default IP address assignment mode is Static and the default IP address of the device is 169.254.128.132.
If the IP address assignment mode is set to Dynamic, then the DHCP Server will assign an IP address
automatically to the device. If the DHCP server is not available on your network, then the fall back IP address
(169.254.128.132) of the device is used.

2. Use Telnet client or use SSH client (For example, Putty)

3. Log on by entering username and password. The default login credentials are as follows:
• Administrator User: User Name - admin, and password - public
• Monitor User: User Name - monitor, and password - public

:
• It is recommended to change default passwords after your first logon to the device. To change the password, see
HTTP and Telnet. Note that only an admin user can change the passwords.
• The username and password are case-sensitive. If you enter an incorrect password, then a message is displayed
stating that the password is incorrect.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 10

 Command Line Interface

1.4 General Notes

1.4.1 Navigation and Special Keys
Given below are the navigation and special keys that can be used to move the cursor along the command
line prompt.

Key Description

DEL, Backspace (BS) Deletes previous character

Ctrl-b Moves back along the command line

Ctrl-f Moves forward along the command line

Ctrl-a Moves to the beginning of the command line

Ctrl-e Moves to the end of the command line

Ctrl-c or exit Exits from one level

TAB Attempts command completion

? Help content

1.4.2 Error Messages

Given below are the error messages that are displayed when improper inputs are provided:

Error Message Description

%Unknown command A non-existent command is entered at the command prompt.

%Invalid Input value detected An invalid value is entered at the command prompt.

Error in configuration parameters, An Invalid configuration values are entered at the command prompt.
Please Verify your Configuration

%Incomplete command An incomplete command is entered.

1.4.3 Command List

To view the list of available commands, type Question Mark (?) at the command prompt. When you enter
a particular alphabet followed by (?), then all the commands or arguments whose first alphabet matches
the alphabet that you have typed will be displayed.

Operation Basic Example

T8000-00:00:00>? Display all the commands that are available

T8000-00:00:00>s? Display all the commands that start with “s”

T8000-00:00:00>show filtering ? Display all the commands under filtering

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 11

 Command Line Interface

T8000-00:00:00 > ?

Possible completions:

aad Antenna Alignment Display

clear Clear Log Messages
disable Turn off privileged commands
enable Turn on privileged commands
exit Exit from EXEC
iperf Iperf server
ping Send Echo Messages
retrieve Retrieve logs from device
show Show Running System Information
traceroute Trace Route to Destination

1.4.4 Command Line Completion

When you enter the first few alphabets of a command and then press TAB, it displays the complete com-
mand name that you were typing, or a list of commands if there are multiple matches.

T8000-00:00:00#con<TAB>
NOTE: Press the TAB key, to complete the command.
T8000-00:00:00#configure
T8000-00:00:00 (config)# r<TAB>
% Ambiguous command: r

Possible completions:
reboot Reboot the device.Set 1 to reboot
radio-mode Radio Mode Configuration
T8000-00:00:00 (config)# radio<TAB>
T8000-00:00:00 (config)# radio-mode

1.4.5 Rules for Table Objects

1.4.5.1 Creating a Table Entry

While creating a table entry, table index and entry status are required.

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd ?
Possible completions:
<value(0-5)> Enter 0 or available index to create a new table entry. The
available index is next to the existing last row

T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 ?

Possible Completions
comment Comment Configuration
entry-status Entry Status Configuration
entry-status-end Entry Status Configuration(Used for TBC)
ipaddress IpAddress Configuration
port Port Configuration
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 ipaddress 10.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 port 514
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 comment string
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status 4

• For every dynamic row creation, please configure the entry status first, followed by the other table elements, and
then configure the entry status again.
• It is not mandatory to use 0 as index value while creating a dynamic row. You can directly use next available index.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 12

 Command Line Interface

• While creating a table row entry, and you want to add the table entry to a TBC file also, use the entry-status-end
command instead of entry-status at the end of row creation. See below:

T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status 4

T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 ipaddress 10.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 port 514
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 comment string
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status-end 4

1.4.5.2 Modify a Table Entry

To modify a table entry, mention the index number as follows:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowedit 1 ipaddress 10.0.0.10

1.4.5.3 Delete a Table Entry

To delete a table entry, mention the index number and set the entry status to destroy as follows:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#rowedit 5 entry-status destroy

1.4.6 Delete a String

To delete the configured strings, configure double quotes with no space.
For Example, To delete the configured string in System Name, use following command:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# system-name ""

1.5 User Access Modes

CLI supports two user access modes:
• User Mode
• Privilege Mode

1.5.1 User Mode

: User Mode is applicable to both Admin and Monitor user.

The moment you log onto the device, you enter into the user mode. In this mode, the user has access to
only a few set of commands.
The command prompt symbol “>” indicates that the user is in User Mode.
T8000-00:00:00>
To view commands, type question mark (?).
T8000-00:00:00>?

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 13

 Command Line Interface

a) If in Admin login, the following commands are accessible in user mode.

T8000-00:00:00> ?
Possible completions:
aad Antenna Alignment Display
clear Clear Log Messages
disable Turn off privileged commands
enable Turn on privileged commands
exit Exit from EXEC
iperf Iperf server
ping Send Echo Messages
retrieve Retrieve logs from device
show Show Running System Information
traceroute Trace Route to Destination

b) If in Monitor login, the following commands are accessible in user mode.

T8000-00:00:00> ?
Possible completions:
exit Exit from EXEC
ping Send Echo Messages
retrieve Retrieve logs from device
show Show Running System Information

1.5.2 Privilege Mode

: Privilege Mode is applicable only to an admin user.

A user in privilege mode has the privilege to administer (configure, manage, monitor) the device.
To enter into the privilege mode, type enable at the command prompt:
T8000-00:00:00>enable
When enabled, the prompt symbol “>” changes to a pound symbol “#“.
T8000-00:00:00#
To list the commands in the Privileged mode, enter ?

T8000-00:00:00#?
Possible completions:
aad Antenna Alignment Display
clear Clear Log Messages
configure Enter Global Configuration Mode
disable Turn off privileged commands
enable Turn on privileged commands
exit Exit from EXEC
generate Generate config file
iperf Iperf server
load Load configuration
ping Send Echo Messages
retrieve Retrieve logs from device
show Show Running System Information
traceroute Trace Route to Destination

To return to the user mode, type disable at the command prompt:

T8000-00:00:00# disable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 14

 Command Line Interface

1.6 Command Description

This section describes the commands to access the device through Command Line Interface.

1.6.1 IPerf
Iperf is a testing tool to measure network performance. It can create TCP and UDP data streams and mea-
sure the throughput of a network. In CLI, iperf can be used as a server and client.
As Server

T8000-00:00:00>enable
T8000-00:00:00#iperf -s -w 202k -l 64k
------------------------------------------------------------
Server listening on TCP port 5001
TCP window size: 202 KByte
------------------------------------------------------------
[ 6] local 169.254.128.157 port 5001 connected with 169.254.128.152 port 1026
[ 7] local 169.254.128.157 port 5001 connected with 169.254.128.152 port 1027
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 6] 0.0-60.1 sec 99.1 MBytes 13.8 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 7] 0.0-60.1 sec 101 MBytes 14.2 Mbits/sec
[SUM] 0.0-60.1 sec 201 MBytes 28.0 Mbits/sec

As Client

T8000-00:00:00>enable
T8000-00:00:00#iperf -c 169.254.128.157 -w 202k -l 64k -i 20 -t 60 -P 2
------------------------------------------------------------
Client connecting to 169.254.128.157, TCP port 5001
TCP window size: 202 KByte
------------------------------------------------------------
[ 6] local 169.254.128.152 port 1027 connected with 169.254.128.157 port 5001
[ 5] local 169.254.128.152 port 1026 connected with 169.254.128.157 port 5001
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 6] 0.0-20.0 sec 34.4 MBytes 14.4 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 5] 0.0-20.0 sec 35.5 MBytes 14.9 Mbits/sec
[SUM] 0.0-20.0 sec 69.9 MBytes 29.3 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 6] 20.0-40.0 sec 39.4 MBytes 16.5 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 5] 20.0-40.0 sec 38.5 MBytes 16.1 Mbits/sec
[SUM] 20.0-40.0 sec 77.9 MBytes 32.7 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 5] 40.0-60.0 sec 25.0 MBytes 10.5 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 6] 40.0-60.0 sec 27.6 MBytes 11.6 Mbits/sec
[SUM] 40.0-60.0 sec 52.6 MBytes 22.1 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 6] 0.0-60.1 sec 101 MBytes 14.2 Mbits/sec
[ ID] Interval Transfer Bandwidth
[ 5] 0.0-60.1 sec 99.1 MBytes 13.8 Mbits/sec
[SUM] 0.0-60.1 sec 201 MBytes 28.0 Mbits/sec

For more information regarding iperf, please refer to its open source online documentation.

1.6.2 Generate
Text Based Configuration (TBC) file is a simple text file that contains device configuration values. The Tsu-
nami® 800 and 8000 devices supports the TBC file in an XML format, which can be edited in any XML or
text editors.
The command to generate TBC file is generate. The TBC file can be generated with or without manage-
ment and security passwords. The management passwords include CLI/WEB/SNMP passwords. The security

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 15

 Command Line Interface

passwords include Network-Secret/Encryption-Key(s)/RADIUS-Shared-Secret. If included, these passwords

become a part of the generated TBC file and are in a readable form. If excluded, all these passwords are
not part of the generated TBC file.
The TBC file contains the default configurations and also the values configured by the user during the live
CLI session.

T8000-00:00:00# generate tbc-with-pwds

Text Based Config Generated Successfully.

T8000-00:00:00# generate tbc-without-pwds

Text Based Config Generated Successfully.

To retrieve the generated TBC file, refer to TFTP.

For more information, please refer to Tsunami® 800 and 8000 Series Software Management Guide
available at http://my.proxim.com.

1.6.3 Load
To load the configurations of the TBC file to the device, use load command. The TBC file can be loaded
only once in an active device session (that is, if TBC file is loaded, reboot is required to apply all configura-
tions or to load another TBC file). All configurations in the TBC file are loaded to the device irrespective of
their default, modified or added configurations. The process of loading the TBC file takes approximately 5
to 25 seconds depending on the number of configurations present in the TBC file.

T8000-00:00:00# load tbc-file

Loading Configuration(s) from File --- Please Wait....

TBC file loaded successfully. Please commit to save the changes (Refer syslogs for error
info)

For more information, refer to Tsunami® 800 and 8000 Series Software Management Guide available
at http://my.proxim.com.

1.6.4 Ping
Use the ping command to ping a device. It provides information, such as time delay in relay and so on.

T8000-00:00:00# ping 169.254.128.135

PING 169.254.128.135 (169.254.128.135): 56 data bytes
64 bytes from 169.254.128.135: seq=0 ttl=64 time=1.289 ms
64 bytes from 169.254.128.135: seq=1 ttl=64 time=1.167 ms

To stop the execution of the ping command, type Ctrl-C.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 16

 Command Line Interface

1.6.5 Retrieve
Use retrieve command to retrieve event logs, temperature logs and All Logs information from the device.

T8000-00:00:00# retrieve ?
Possible completions:
<log-type IP> Command to retrieve logs
log-type: 1-event log, 2-temp log, 3-all logs
Ex:1 169.254.128.132
T8000-00:00:00# retrieve 1 169.254.128.135

Log retrieval is in progress.

Done

All logs option is used to retrieve all the files such as Backup file, event log file, temperature log file, syslog
file and debug file.

1.6.6 Traceroute
Traceroute is a command which shows the path a packet of information takes from source computer to
the destination. It lists all the routers it passes through until it reaches its destination, or fails to and is dis-
carded. In addition, it also provides information on how long each 'hop' from router to router takes.

T8000-00:00:00>traceroute www.proxim.com

traceroute to 192.168.1.1 (192.168.1.1), 30 hops max, 38 byte packets

1 10.1.1.1 (10.1.1.1) 25.888 ms 0.929 ms 0.926 ms

2 5-1-1-1-dynamic.retail.datagroup.ua (5.1.1.1) 1.151 ms 1.113 ms 1.596 ms

3 192.168.10.1 (192.168.10.1) 3.002 ms 2.025 ms 2.618 ms

4 www.proxim.com (192.168.1.1) 4.570 ms 4.455 ms 4.285 ms

1.6.7 aad
The device has an audible antenna alignment tool that can be activated by plugging in the supplied RJ11
serial dongle. It is audible up to 30 minutes. The CLI command enables both audible and numerical feed-
back as the CLI shows the running Signal-to-Noise Ratio (SNR) values twice a second.
To enable the antenna alignment display from the CLI prompt, type the following commands:
• aad enable local: Enables display of the local signal, noise and SNR.
• aad enable remote: Enables display of the remote signal, noise and SNR.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 17

 Command Line Interface

• aad enable: Enables display of local and remote signal, noise and SNR.

T8000-00:00:00# aad enable

---------------------------------------------------------------------
MIMO CHAN STATS INFO
A1 | A2 | A3 Tx
SIG NOI SNR | SIG NOI SNR | SIG NOI SNR | Rate
--------+----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------
Local = -52 -90 38 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
Remote = -60 -95 35 | -- -- -- | -53 -101 48 | 130.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Local = -56 -90 34 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
Remote = -59 -95 36 | -- -- -- | -53 -101 48 | 130.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Local = -54 -90 36 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
Remote = -59 -95 36 | -- -- -- | -53 -101 48 | 130.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Local = -54 -90 36 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
Remote = -61 -95 34 | -- -- -- | -54 -101 47 | 130.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Local = -54 -90 36 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
Remote = -58 -95 37 | -- -- -- | -52 -101 49 | 130.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Local = -53 -90 37 | -- -- -- | -51 -97 46 | 130.0
Remote = -59 -95 36 | -- -- -- | -52 -101 49 | 130.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
Local = -56 -90 34 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
Remote = -59 -95 36 | -- -- -- | -52 -101 49 | 130.0
---------------------------------------------------------------------
---------------------------------------------------------------------

T8000-00:00:00# aad enable local

------------------------------------------------------------
LOCAL MIMO CHAIN STATS INFO
A1 | A2 | A3 Tx
SIG NOI SNR | SIG NOI SNR | SIG NOI SNR | Rate
----------------+-----------------+-----------------+-------
-53 -90 37 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-53 -90 37 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-56 -90 34 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-53 -90 37 | -- -- -- | -51 -97 46 | 130.0
-54 -90 36 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
-52 -90 38 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-56 -90 34 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-53 -90 37 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
-56 -90 34 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-56 -90 34 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-53 -90 37 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
-55 -90 35 | -- -- -- | -53 -97 44 | 130.0
-52 -90 38 | -- -- -- | -52 -97 45 | 130.0
------------------------------------------------------------

: To stop aad, type Ctrl-c.

For more information, refer to Tsunami® 800 and 8000 Series Hardware Guide available at
http://my.proxim.com.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 18

 Command Line Interface

1.6.8 Clear
The Clear command allows a user to clear the logs on the device.

T8000-00:00:00# clear ?

Possible completions:
eventlog-messages Clear the Event log Information
syslog-messages Clear the system log Information

T8000-00:00:00# clear eventlog-messages

T8000-00:00:00# clear syslog-messages

1.6.9 Show
The show command allows a user to view all the parameters of the device.
T8000-00:00:00# show ?

T8000-00:00:00# show ?
Possible completions:
access-ctrl Access Control,Table Configuration
active-vlan Active Vlan & Active Vlan Ethernet Configuration
active-vlan-trunk Active Vlan Trunk Table Configuration
debuglog-config Display the Debuglog
dhcp DHCP Configuration
dhcp-database Display the DHCP Server Database
ethernet Ethernet Configuration
eventlog Eventlog Configuration
eventlog-messages Displays the Event log messages
filtering Filtering Configuration
hostname Display the Host Name Information
http Http Configuration
igmp IGMP configuration and Statistics
inventory Display the Security ID,Inventory Component Table
ip Display Ethernet, Wireless Interface IP Configuration
ip-routes Display IP Routing Table Information
learn-table Display the Learn Table Information
licensed-feature Display the license feature Information
manual-blacklist Display the Manual Black List
monitor-usage Displaying the CPU,RAM Usage
network Network Configuration
power-rate-tbl Display Power Rate Table
rip-database Display the Rip Database
running-config Display All the Running Configuration
security Security Configuration
sflow sFlow Configuration
snmp Display SNMP V1,V2-C,V3 Configuration
snr-table Display the SNR Information
sntp Sntp Configuration
ssh SSH Configuration
statistics Statistics Monitoring
supported-frequency-domains Displays Supported Frequency Domains List
syslog Display the Syslog,Hosttable Configuration
syslog-messages Display the system log Information
system-information Display the System Information
system-type Display the System Type table, Network Mode
tech-support Display Technical Support Information
telnet Telnet Configuration
templog Display the Temperature Log Table Configuration
text-based-config Show text-based-config
tftp Tftp Configuration
traphost Display the Trap Host table information
vlan Vlan & Vlan Ethernet Configuration
vlan-trunk Vlan Trunk Table Configuration
wireless Wireless Status and Configuration
worp-qos Display the Worp Qos Configuration

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 19

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10 Configure
The admin user can configure the device only when in Global Configuration mode. To enter into this
mode, use the configure command.
Example:
T8000-00:00:00# configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)#
To list all the parameters that can be configured, type ?

T8000-00:00:00>enable
T8000-00:00:00 #configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)#?

Possible completions:
commit Apply the changed configurations to the device
dhcp DHCP Configuration
ethernet Ethernet Configuration
exit Exit from configure mode
filtering Filtering Configuration
igmp IGMP Snooping Configuration
management Management Configuration
monitor Monitor Configuration
network Network Configuration
radio-mode Radio Mode Configuration
reboot Reboot the device.Set 1 to reboot
security Security Configuration
system-configure Country Code,Packet Mode Configuration
vlan Vlan Configuration
wireless Wireless Configuration
worp-qos Worp Qos Configuration

1.6.10.1 Commit
To apply the changes done, please commit the changes by using commit command. Set a value of 1 to the
commit command.

T8000-00:00:00> enable
T8000-00:00:00# configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)#commit ?
% Input Range <value(1)> required
T8000-00:00:00(config)# commit 1

: After configuring any parameter, please ensure to execute the commit command for the changes to take effect.

1.6.10.2 Reboot
Reboot operation is required for any change in the key parameters to take effect. For example, settings
such as configuring the Radio Mode, IP Address, and Network Mode need reboot to take effect.
To reboot the device, use reboot command. Set a value of 1 to the reboot the device.

T8000-00:00:00> enable
T8000-00:00:00# configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)#reboot ?
Possible completions:
<yes(1)/no(2)> Reboot the device. Set 1 to reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config)# reboot 1

1.6.10.3 System
The list of available commands under System to configure the LED DIsplay, type ?

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 20

 Command Line Interface

:This is applicable only to MP-820-BSU-100, MP-820-SUA-50+, MP-820-SUA-100, MP-825-SUR-50+, MP-825-SUR-100,

MP-825-BS3-100, MP-825-CPE-50, MP-825-CPE-100, MP-835-CPE-10, MP-835-CPE-25, MP-835-CPE-50,
MP-835-CPE-100, MP-826-CPE-50, QB-825-CPE-EPR/LNK-50, QB-835-EPR/LNK-25, QB-835-EPR/LNK-50,
QB-826-EPR/LNK-100 and QB-825-EPR/LNK-50+ devices.

T8000-EF:11:1F(config)# system-configure
T8000-EF:11:1F(config-sysconfig)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Return to the previous configuration mode
freq-filter-lower-edge Frequency Filter Lower Edge configuration
freq-filter-upper-edge Frequency Filter Upper Edge configuration
frequency-domain Frequency Domain configuration
led-display LED Display configuration
max-mtu Maximium MTU configuration(Excluding Ethernet Header(14 bytes) +
VLAN Tag(4 bytes))
network-mode Network Mode configuration

The available list of commands to configure the LED Status and the SU Wireless Mac Address, type led-dis-
play ?

T8000-EF:11:1F(config)# system-configure
T8000-EF:11:1F(config-sysconfig)# led-display
T8000-EF:11:1F(config-sysconfig-led)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Return to the previous configuration mode
led-status Disable/RSSI of the LED configuration
su-wirless-mac-adrs SU Wireless MAC Address configuration

T8000-EF:11:1F(config-sysconfig-led)# led-status ?
Possible completions:
<disable(1)/rssi(2)> Disable/RSSI of the LED configuration
T8000-EF:11:1F(config-sysconfig-led)# led-status rssi
T8000-EF:11:1F(config-sysconfig-led)# su-wirless-mac-adrs 04:f0:21:04:49:43

To get the SU Wireless Mac Address, type show statistics worp-sus

T8000-EF:11:1F# show statistics worp-sus

// WORP SUs Statistics //

INDEX 1
SU Name : Doc-SU
MAC Address : 04:f0:21:04:49:43

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 21

 Command Line Interface

The command to display the configured LED Status, the SU MAC Address, and the RSSI value based on
which the LEDs glow, type show system-type.

T8000-EF:11:1F# show system-type

// Network Mode Configuration //

Network Mode : bridge

Active Network Mode : bridge
Maximum MTU Supported : 2048
Maximum MTU Configured : 1500

// System Type Configuration //

RADIO-INDEX 1

Radio Mode : BSU

Active Mode : BSU
Supported Radio Modes : BSU(4),SU(5)
Supported Frequency Domains :
4,9,10,11,13,14,15,16,20,21,23,24,25,26,27,32,33,34,41,5,29,30,31
Frequency Domain : world5GHz
Active Frequency Domain : world5GHz
Frequency Filter Lower Edge : 0 MHz
Frequency Filter Upper Edge : 10000 MHz

// LED Configuration //

LED Status : rssi

SU Wireless MAC Address : 04:f0:21:04:49:43
RSSI/LED Display : 31

1.6.10.4 Network
To list the available commands under Network, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)# network
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# ?
Possible completions:
clear-interface-stats Clear Interface Statistics
dns-proxy-status DNS Proxy Status
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
ip Ethernet/Wireless Ip Configuration
nat NAT Configuration
pppoe PPPoE Configuration
primary-dns-ip Primary DNS IP Address Configuration
rip Routing Information Protocol
secondary-dns-ip Secondary DNS IP Address Configuration
static-routes Static Routes Configuration
tunneling Tunnel Configuration

1.6.10.4.1 IP
In IPv4 mode, to list the available commands under IP, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# ?
Possible completions:
default-gateway Default Router Address that applies to all interfaces
ethernet-ip-table Ethernet Ip Configuration
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
ip-mode Ip mode Configuration
wireless-ip-table Network Wireless Table Configuration

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 22

 Command Line Interface

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to list the available commands under IP, type?

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# ?
Possible completions:
default-gateway Default Router Address that applies to all interfaces
default-gatewayv6 Default Router IPV6 Address
ethernet-ip-table Ethernet Ip Configuration
ethernet-ipv6-table Ethernet Ipv6 Configuration
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
ip-mode Ip mode Configuration
wireless-ip-table Network Wireless Table Configuration

Ethernet IP Config Table

In IPv4 mode, to list the available commands under Ethernet IP Config Table, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# ethernet-ip-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-etherip)# rowedit 1 ipaddress 10.0.0.1
Changes in Ethernet IP Address requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-etherip)# rowedit 1 mask 255.255.255.0
Changes in Ethernet IP Subnet mask requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-etherip)# rowedit 1 address-type static
Changes in Ethernet IP Address Type requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-etherip)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit

T8000-00:00:00# show ip

// Ethernet IP CONFIGURATION //

IP Mode : ipv4

// IPv4 //
INDEX 1

IP Address : 10.0.0.1
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Address Type : static

// IP Gateway Configuration //

Gateway IP Address : 169.254.128.132

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 23

 Command Line Interface

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to list the available commands under Ethernet IP Config Table, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# ethernet-ipv6-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-etheripv6)# rowedit 1 ipv6address 2001:db8::6/64
Changes in Ethernet IP Address requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-etheripv6)# rowedit 1 v6address-type static
Changes in Ethernet IP Address Type requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-etheripv6)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit

T8000-00:00:00# show ip

// Ethernet IP CONFIGURATION //

IP Mode : ipv4Andipv6

// IPv4 //
INDEX 1

IP Address : 10.0.0.1
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Address Type : static

// IPv6 //
INDEX 1

Link Local IP Address : fe80::220:a6ff:fec1:6538/64

IP Address : 2001:db8::6/64
Address Type : auto

// IP Gateway Configuration //

Gateway IP Address : 169.254.128.132

Gateway IPv6 Address : ::

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 24

 Command Line Interface

Wireless IP Config Table

Wireless IP configuration is applicable only in Routing Mode. Enable PPPoE to configure PPPoE parameters.

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# wireless-ip-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-wirelessconfig)# rowedit 1 ip 169.254.131.99
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-wirelessconfig)# rowedit 1 mask 255.255.255.0
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-wirelessconfig)# rowedit 1 pppoe-secip 169.254.131.20
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-wirelessconfig)# rowedit 1 pppoe-secmask 255.255.255.0
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip-wirelessconfig)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show ip
// Ethernet IP Configuration //

// IPv4 //
INDEX 1

IP Address : 169.254.128.99
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Address Type : static

INDEX 2

IP Address : 169.254.129.132
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Address Type : static

// IP Gateway Configuration //

Gateway IP Address : 169.254.128.133

// WIRELESS IP CONFIGURATION (PPPoE) //

INDEX 1
IP Address : 169.254.130.132
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Address Type : pppoe-ipcp
PPPoE Secondary IP : 169.254.131.20
PPPoE Secondary Mask : 255.255.255.0

Default Gateway Configuration

In IPv4 mode, to configure Default Gateway, type following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# default-gateway 169.254.128.1

Changes in Default Route Address requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00# show ip

// Ethernet IP CONFIGURATION //
INDEX 1

Ip Address : 10.0.0.1
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Address Type : static

// IP Gateway CONFIGURATION//

Gateway IP Address : 169.254.128.1

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 25

 Command Line Interface

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to configure Default Gateway, type following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-ip)# default-gatewayv6 2001:db8:1::2

Changes in Default Route Address requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00# show ip

// Ethernet IP Configuration //

IP Mode : ipv4Andipv6

// IPv4 //

INDEX 1

IP Address : 169.254.128.99
Mask : 255.255.255.0
Address Type : static

// IPv6 //

INDEX 1

Link Local IP Address : fe80::220:a6ff:fec1:6538/64

IP Address : 2001:db8::1/64
Address Type : auto

// IP Gateway Configuration //

Gateway IP Address : 169.254.128.1

Gateway IPv6 Address : 2001:db8:1::2

1.6.10.4.2 RIP

: Note that RIP is configurable only when the device is in Routing Mode and Network Address Translation (NAT) is
disabled.

To list the available commands under RIP, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# rip
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip)# ?
Possible completions:
config-table Rip Config Table Configuration
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
status RIP configuration status

RIP Status

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# rip
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip)# status enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 26

 Command Line Interface

RIP Config Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip)# config-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip-riptbl)# rowedit 1 authentication-key testing
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip-riptbl)# rowedit 1 authentication-type none
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip-riptbl)# rowedit 1 receive-only no
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip-riptbl)# rowedit 1 status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip-riptbl)# rowedit 1 version-number v2
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip-riptbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-rip)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit

T8000-00:00:00# show network rip

// RIP TABLE CONFIGURATION //

Rip Configuration Status : enable

INDEX 1
Interface Name : Ethernet 1
Interface Status : enable
Authentication Type : none
Authentication Key : testing
Version Number : v2
Receive only : no

INDEX 2
Interface Name : Ethernet 2
Interface Status : enable
Authentication Type : none
Authentication Key :
Version Number : v2
Receive only : no

INDEX 3
Interface Name : Wireless 1
Interface Status : enable
Authentication Type : none
Authentication Key :
Version Number : v2
Receive only : no

1.6.10.4.3 Static Routes

: Static routes are applicable only in routing mode.

To list the commands under Static Route, type ?.

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# static-routes
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static)#?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
static-route-status Static Route Status Configuration
static-route-table Static Route Table Configuration

Static Route Status

To configure the Static Route status, type the following command:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-staticroute)# static-route-status enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 27

 Command Line Interface

Static Route Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static)# static-route-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static-staticroute)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static-staticroute)# rowadd 0 metric 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static-staticroute)# rowadd 0 destination-address 10.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static-staticroute)# rowadd 0 route-mask 255.255.255.255
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static-staticroute)# rowadd 0 route-next-hop 169.254.131.89
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static-staticroute)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static-staticroute)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-static)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit

T8000-00:00:00# show network static-route

// NETWORK STATIC ROUTE TABLE CONFIGURATION //

Static Route Status : enable

INDEX 1
Destination Address : 10.0.0.1
Route Mask : 255.255.255.255
Route Next Hop : 169.254.131.89
Metric : 2
Entry Status : enable

: A maximum of 256 routes can be added to the static route table.

1.6.10.4.4 NAT

• NAT is applicable only to a Subscriber and an End Point B.

• When NAT functionality is enabled, the DHCP Relay and RIP features are not supported.
• The DHCP Relay Agent and RIP must be disabled before enabling NAT.
To list the available commands under NAT, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat)# ?
Possible completions:
dynamic-end-port NAT Dynamic End Port Number
dynamic-start-port NAT Dynamic Start Port Number
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
nat-status To Enable/Disable NAT Functionality
port-bind-status To Enable/Disable Static NAT
port-bind-table Port Bind Table Configuration

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 28

 Command Line Interface

NAT Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# nat
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat)# nat-status enable
Changes in NAT configuration requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat)# port-bind-status enable
Changes in NAT configuration requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat)# dynamic-start-port 13
Changes in NAT configuration requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat)# dynamic-end-port 20
Changes in NAT configuration requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show network nat

// NAT CONFIGURATION //

NAT Status : enable

Port Binding Status : enable
Dynamic Start Port : 13
Dynamic End Port : 20

Port Bind Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat)# port-bind-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat-portbind)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat-portbind)# rowadd 0 end-portnumber 12000
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat-portbind)# rowadd 0 start-portnumber 10000
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat-portbind)# rowadd 0 local-address 192.168.2.80
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat-portbind)# rowadd 0 port-type tcp
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat-portbind)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat-portbind)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-nat#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00#show network nat
// NAT CONFIGURATION //
NAT Status : enable
Port Binding Status : enable
Dynamic Start Port : 13
Dynamic End Port : 20

INDEX 1
Local Address : 192. 168.2.80
Port Type : tcp
Start Port Number : 10000
End Port Number : 12000
Entry Status : enable

1.6.10.4.5 IP Tunneling

: IP Tunneling is applicable only in routing mode.

To list available commands under IP Tunneling, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# tunneling
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
tunneling-status To Enable/Disable Tunneling Functionality
tunneling-table Tunneling Table Configuration

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 29

 Command Line Interface

IP Tunneling Status

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# tunneling
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel)# tunneling-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show network tunneling

// TUNNELING TABLE CONFIGURATION //

Tunneling Status : enable

IP Tunneling Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# tunneling
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel)# tunneling-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 config-name test
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 encap-method ipip
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 virtual-ip 10.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 local-ip 169.254.128.132
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 remote-ip 19.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 ttl 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel-tunneltbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-tunnel)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show network tunneling

// TUNNELING TABLE CONFIGURATION //

Tunneling Status : enable

INDEX 1
Config Name : test
Encapsulation Method : ipip
Virtual IP Address : 10.0.0.1
Local IP Address : 169.254.128.132
Remote IP Address : 19.0.0.1
TTL : 10
Entry Status : enable

• A maximum of 16 tunnels can be created on a device.

• The Maximum Transmission Unit (MTU) of the tunnel interface depends on the underlying interface.
• It is advised that both PPPoE and the IP Tunneling feature do not function simultaneously on the device.
• IP configuration of Ethernet and Wireless interface should NOT be in the same subnet of virtual IP addresses of
tunnels.

1.6.10.4.6 PPPoE Configuration

: Applicable only in Routing Mode with NAT enabled. Also, the BSU should always operate in Bridge Mode, when
PPPoE client is used.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 30

 Command Line Interface

To enable and configure PPPoE client, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# pppoe
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# status enable
Changes in PPPoE Status requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# lcp-echo-interval 31
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# lcp-echo-failure 6
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# preferred-service-name admin123
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# access-concentrator-name admin1
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# user-name test
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# password public123
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# authentication-protocol mschapv2
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# mppe-status mandatory
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# stateless-encrypt-mode enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# mppe-key-length keyLength40Bit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show network pppoe

// PPPoE CONFIGURATION //

Status : enable
Authentication Protocol : mschapv2
LCP Echo Interval : 31
LCP Echo Failure : 6
Preferred Service Name : admin123
Access Concentrator Name : admin1
User Name : test
Password : ******
MPPE Status : mandatory
Stateless Encryption Mode : enable
MPPE Key Length : keyLength40Bit
Link Status : disconnected

// PPPoE CONNECTION STATISTICS //

Connection Attempts : 0
Connection Success : 0

To restart PPPoE session:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net-pppoe)# session-restart 1

1.6.10.4.7 Clearing All Interface Statistics

To clear interface statistics, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# network

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats ?

Possible completions:
% Input Range <none(1),ethernetIntf1(2),ethernetIntf2(3),bridgeStats(4),arpTable(5),
wirelessIntf1(6),wirelessIntf2(7),worpIntf1(8),worpIntf2(9),learnTable(10),pppoeIfStats(11)
,pppoeConnStats(12)> required

To Clear the Ethernet Statistics use the Following Commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 2
/* For Ethernet Intf 1 */
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 3
/* For Ethernet Intf 2 */

To Clear the Bridge Statistics:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 4

To Clear ARP table Entries :

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 5

To Clear Wireless Statistics :

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 6
/* For Wireless Intf 1 */

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 31

 Command Line Interface

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 7
/* For Wireless Intf 2 */

To Clear WORP statistics :

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 8
/* For WORP Intf 1 */
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 9
/* For WORP Intf 2 */

To Clear Learn Table Entries:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 10

To Clear PPPoE Statistics:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 11

To Clear PPPoE Connection Statistics:

T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# clear-interface-stats 12

1.6.10.4.8 DNS Configuration

In IPv4 mode, to configure Primary/Secondary Domain Name Servers and DNS Proxy, type the following
commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# network
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# primary-dns-ip 172.18.18.23
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# secondary-dns-ip 169.234.127.12
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# dns-proxy-status disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show network netconfig

// NETWORK CONFIGURATION //

All Interfaces Default Router Address : 192.168.2.1

Supported Interfaces : br0
Primary DNS IP Address : 172.18.18.23
Secondary DNS IP Address : 169.234.127.12
DNS Proxy Status : disable

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to configure Primary/Secondary Domain Name Servers, type the following com-
mands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# network
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# primary-dns-ip 2001:db8::7
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)# secondary-dns-ip 2001:db8::6
T8000-00:00:00(config-net)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show network netconfig

// NETWORK CONFIGURATION //

All Interfaces Default Router Address : 192.168.2.1

Supported Interfaces : br0
Primary DNS IP Address : 2001:db8::7
Secondary DNS IP Address : 2001:db8::6

: DNS proxy status is applicable only in routing mode.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 32

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.5 Radio Mode

To configure the radio mode of the device, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# radio-mode
T8000-00:00:00(config-radio)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
interface Radio Mode Index
T8000-00:00:00(config-radio)# interface 1 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command

radio-mode configure the mode of the radio(s)

T8000-00:00:00(config-radio)# interface 1 radio-mode
% Input Range <bsu(4),su(5)> required

T8000-00:00:00(config-radio)# interface 1 radio-mode 4

Changes in Radio Mode requires Reboot
Changes in Radio Mode resets the Wireless and WORP parameters to default values
T8000-00:00:00(config-radio)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show system-type

// NETWORK MODE CONFIGURATION //

Network Mode : bridge

Active Network Mode : bridge
Max MTU Supported : 1500
Max MTU Configured : 1500

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 33

 Command Line Interface

// SYSTEM TYPE CONFIGURATION //

RADIO-INDEX 1

Radio Mode : BSU

Active Mode : BSU
Supported Radio Modes : BSU(4),SU(5)
Supported Frequency Domains : 4,9,10,11,13,14,15,16,20,21,23,24,25,26,27,32,33,34,5,29,30,31
Frequency Domain : worldall
Active Frequency Domain : worldall
Frequency Filter Lower Edge : 0
Frequency Filter Upper Edge : 10000

T8000-00:00:00# show supported-frequency-domains

RADIO-INDEX 1

SUPPORTED FREQUENCY DOMAINS : 4,9,10,11,13,14,15,16,20,21,23,24,25,26,27,32,33,34,5,29,30,31

********************************************************
Frequency Domains Reference List
********************************************************
1 ---> United States 5GHz
2 ---> United States 5.8GHz
3 ---> United States 2.4GHz
4 ---> World 5GHz
5 ---> World 4.9GHz
6 ---> World 2.4GHz
7 ---> World 2.3GHz
8 ---> World 2.5GHz
9 ---> Canada 5GHz
10 ---> WD Europe 5.8GHz
11 ---> WD Europe 5.4GHz
12 ---> WD Europe 2.4GHz
13 ---> Russia 5GHz
14 ---> Taiwan 5GHz
15 ---> WD United States 5GHz
16 ---> Canada 5.8GHz
17 ---> World 6.4GHz
18 ---> Japan 2.4GHz
19 ---> Japan 4.9GHz
20 ---> WD UK 5.8GHz
21 ---> World 5.9GHz
22 ---> US2 5.3 And 5.8GHz
23 ---> India 5.8GHz
24 ---> Brazil 5.4GHz
25 ---> Brazil 5.8GHz
26 ---> Australia 5.4GHz
27 ---> Australia 5.8GHz
28 ---> United States 4.9GHz
29 ---> WD United States 4.9GHz
30 ---> Canada 4.9GHz
31 ---> WD Japan 4.9GHz
32 ---> Legacy 5GHz
33 ---> WD Japan 5.6GHz
34 ---> WD United States 5.8GHz
35 ---> UK 5.8GHz
36 ---> Europe 5.8GHz
37 ---> Europe 5.4GHz
38 ---> Europe 2.4GHz
39 ---> Japan 5.6GHz
40 ---> World 5.8GHz
41 ---> Indonesia 5.7GHz
********************************************************
********************************************************

: Use the ENUM values to set the frequency domain. For more detailed information on the Tsunami® 800 and 8000
series products and their supported frequency domains along with ENUM values, refer to ‘Appendix C - Frequency
Domains and channels’ of Tsunami® 800 and 8000 Series - Software Management Guide.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 34

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.5.1 System Configuration

To configure system specific parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# system-configure
T8000-00:00:00(config-sysconfig)# network-mode bridge
Changes in Network mode requires Reboot.

T8000-00:00:00(config-sysconfig)# frequency-domain ?
Possible completions:
<Use 'show supported-frequency-domains' to get supported frequency domains list>
Frequency Domain Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-sysconfig)# frequency-domain 14

Changes in Frequency Domain requires Reboot.

T8000-00:00:00(config-sysconfig)# freq-filter-lower-edge ?
Possible completions:
<(0-10000)....Frequency Filter Lower Edge should be less than Upper Edge> Frequency Filter
Lower Edge Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-sysconfig)# freq-filter-lower-edge 1000

Changes in Frequency filter lower edge requires Reboot.

T8000-00:00:00(config-sysconfig)# freq-filter-upper-edge 1001

Changes in Frequency filter upper edge requires Reboot.

T8000-00:00:88(config-sysconfig)# max-mtu 1500

Changes in Maximum MTU requires Reboot.

T8000-00:00:00(config-sysconfig)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show system-type

// NETWORK MODE CONFIGURATION //

Network Mode : bridge

Active Network Mode : bridge
Max MTU Supported : 2048
Max MTU Configured : 1501

// SYSTEM TYPE CONFIGURATION //

RADIO-INDEX 1
Radio Mode : BSU
Active Mode : BSU
Supported Radio Modes : BSU(4),SU(5)
Supported Frequency Domains : 4,9,10,11,13,14,15,16,20,21,23,24,25,26,27,32,33,34,5,29,30,31
Frequency Domain : worldall
Active Frequency Domain : worldall
Frequency Filter Lower Edge : 1000
Frequency Filter Upper Edge : 1001

Given below are the devices and their corresponding MTU configurable range:

Devices MTU Configurable Range

MP-8150-CPE; MP-8160-CPE-A100 1500 to 2048 bytes
MP-820-BSU-100; MP-820-SUA-50+
MP-820-SUA-100; MP-825-BS3-100;
MP-825-SUR-50+; MP-825-SUR-100
MP-825-CPE-50; MP-825-CPE-100;
MP-835-CPE-10; MP-835-CPE-25;
MP-835-CPE-50; MP-835-CPE-100;
MP-826-CPE-50; QB-8150-LNK-12/50;
QB-825-EPR/LNK-50
QB-825-EPR/LNK-50+
QB-825-EPR/LNK-50+
QB-826-EPR/LNK-100
QB-8160-EPR/LNK-100
QB-835-EPR/LNK-25
QB-835-EPR/LNK-50

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 35

 Command Line Interface

MP-8100-BSU; MP-8100-SUA 1500 to 1514 bytes

MP-8150-SUR; MP-8150-SUR-100
MP-8160-BSU; MP-8160-SUA;
MP-8160-BS9
QB-8100-EPA/LNK; QB-8150-EPR/LNK
QB-8150-LNK-100; QB-8151-EPR/LNK
MP-8200-BSU/SUA;
MP-8250-BS9/BS1; MP-8250-SUR
QB-8200-EPA/LNK; QB-8250-EPR/LNK

• Maximum Frame Size = Configured MTU + Ethernet Header (14 bytes) + VLAN Header (4 bytes) + Frame Check
Sequence (4 bytes).
• Maximum Payload = Configured MTU – Feature Header.

Feature Feature Header Maximum Payload (in Bytes)

(in bytes)
# *
MP-8100-BSU MP-8150-CPE
MP-8100-SUA MP-8160-CPE-A100
MP-8150-SUR MP-826-CPE-50
MP-8150-SUR-100 MP-820-BSU-100
MP-8160-BSU MP-820-SUA-50+
MP-8160-BS9 MP-820-SUA-100
MP-8160-SUA MP-825-BS3-100
QB-8100-EPA/LNK MP-825-SUR-50+
QB-8150-EPR/LNK MP-825-SUR-100
QB-8150-LNK-100 MP-825-CPE-50
QB-8151-EPR/LNK MP-825-CPE-100
MP-8200-BSU/SUA MP-835-CPE-10
MP-8250-BS9/BS1 MP-835-CPE-25
MP-8250-SUR MP-835-CPE-50
QB-8200-EPA/LNK MP-835-CPE-100
QB-8250-EPR/LNK QB-8150-LNK-12
QB-8150-LNK-50
QB-825-EPR/LNK-50
QB-825-EPR/LNK-50+
QB-835-EPR/LNK-25
QB-835-EPR/LNK-50
QB-8160-EPR/LNK-100
QB-826-EPR/LNK-100

General or 0 1514 2048

Single VLAN

QinQ 4 1510 2044

PPPoE 8 1506 2040

IP Tunneling 20 1494 2028

(IP in IP
Encapsulation)

IP Tunneling 24 1490 2024

(GRE
Encapsulation)

# Assuming that MTU is configured as 1514

* Assuming that MTU is configured as 2048

For optimal performance, MTU should be configured same on both the ends.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 36

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.6 DHCP
To list available commands under DHCP, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)# dhcp
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)# ?
Possible completions:
dhcp-relay DHCP Relay Configuration
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
max-lease-time Maximum Lease Time Configuration
server-interface-table Server Interface Table Configuration
server-ippool-table Server IP Pool Table Configuration
server-status Server Status Configuration

1.6.10.6.1 DHCP Server Status

To configure the DHCP server status, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)# server-status disable

T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00#
T8000-00:00:00# show dhcp server-status
DHCP Server Status : disable

1.6.10.6.2 Maximum Lease Time

To configure the DHCP IP maximum lease time, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)# max-lease-time 36000

T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show dhcp max-leasetime

Maximum Lease Time : 36000 secs

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 37

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.6.3 Server Interface Table

To configure the DHCP Server Interface table, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# dhcp
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)# server-interface-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)# rowedit 1 comment test
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)# rowedit 1 default-gateway 169.254.129.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)# rowedit 1 default-leasetime 36400
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)# rowedit 1 net-mask 255.255.255.0
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)# rowedit 1 primary-dns 0.0.0.0
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)# rowedit 1 secondary-dns 0.0.0.0
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)# rowedit 1 entry-status disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-serverif)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show dhcp server-interface-tbl

// DHCP INTERFACE TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1

Interface Type : bridge

NetMask : 255.255.255.0
Default Gateway : 169.254.129.1
Primary DNS : 0.0.0.0
Secondary DNS : 0.0.0.0
Lease Time : 36400 secs
Comment : test
Entry Status : disable

: To enable DHCP Server, at least one interface must be enabled in the DHCP Interface Table. To enable DHCP Server on
an interface, at least one pool must be configured for it.

1.6.10.6.4 Server IP Pool Table

To configure the DHCP IP pool table, type the following commands.

T8000-00:00:00(config)# dhcp
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)# server-ippool-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-ippool)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-ippool)# rowadd 0 interface-type bridge
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-ippool)# rowadd 0 start-ipaddress 192.168.2.80
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-ippool)# rowadd 0 end-ipaddress 192.168.2.85
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-ippool)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-ippool)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show dhcp server-ippool-tbl

// DHCP SERVER IP POOL TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1

Interface : bridge
Start IpAddress : 192.168.2.80
End IpAddress : 192.168.2.85
Entry Status : enable

: A maximum of five pool entries can be added to the table.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 38

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.6.5 DHCP Relay Sever Table

: DHCP Relay Agent is configurable only in Routing mode. It cannot be enabled when NAT or DHCP Server is enabled.

To configure the DHCP relay server table, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# dhcp
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)# dhcp-relay
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-relay)# server-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-relay-server)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-relay-server)# rowadd 0 ipaddress 10.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-relay-server)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-relay-server)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp-relay)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-dhcp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show dhcp dhcp-relay server-table

// DHCP RELAY SERVER TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
IP Address : 10.0.0.1
Entry Status : enable

A maximum of five DHCP Servers can be configured. At least one DHCP Server should be configured in
order to relay DHCP request.

1.6.10.7 Ethernet
To configure the ethernet parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# ethernet
T8000-00:00:00(config-ether)# rowedit 1 txmodeandspeed 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-ether)# rowedit 1 eth-admin-status enable
Changes in Admin Status requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-ether)# rowedit 1 ethernet-autoshutdown enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-ether)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show ethernet

// ETHERNET INTERFACE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1

MAC Address : 00:20:a6:11:22:31

Operational Speed : oneGbps
Operational TxMode : fullDuplex
Speed and TxMode : auto
Admin Status : enable
Auto Shutdown : enable

INDEX 2

MAC Address : 00:20:a6:11:22:32

Operational Speed : unknown
Operational TxMode : unknown
Speed and TxMode : auto
Admin Status : enable
Auto Shutdown : enable

: Ethernet Auto Shutdown configuration is applicable only to QB-8100-EPA/LNK, QB-8150-EPR/LNK,QB-8150-LNK-100,

QB-8151-EPR/LNK, QB-8200-EPA/LNK and QB-8250-EPR/LNK devices.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 39

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.8 Wireless
To view all available commands under Wireless, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# ?
Possible completions:
ddrs DDRS
dfs DFS Configuration
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
link-profiles Link Profile Configuration
mimo MIMO Configuration
profile-peer-list BSU/SU Profile Configuration
properties Wireless Properties Configuration
roaming Roaming Configuration
wireless-timer Wireless In Activity Timer Configuration
worp WORP Configuration

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 40

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.8.1 Link Profiles

To view all available commands under Link Profiles, type?

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# link-profiles
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 entrystatus 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 profile-name link
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 data-streams single
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-max-data-rate 3
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-min-data-rate 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-low-snr-correction 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-upper-snr-correction 20
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-rate-incr-rtx-thrld 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-rate-decr-rtx-thrld 20
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-chain-bal-thrld 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-back-off-interval 15
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-blacklist-interval 15
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-stable-interval 15
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 auto-tx-antenna-status disable
T8000-EF:11:1F(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 tx-antenna-chainmask ?
Possible completions:
<value(1-7)> Tx Antenna Chainmask.Type:Bit field,Bit 0-A1,Bit 1-A2,Bit 2-A3
NOTE:Combinations of bits will be allowed for Tx antenna chainmask.
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 tx-antenna-chainmask 6
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 atpc-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 atpc-lower-margin 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 atpc-upper-margin 20
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 atpc-status disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 tpc 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 ddrs-status disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 tx-rate 9
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# rowadd 0 entrystatus 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-link-prof)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless link-profiles

// Link Profiles //

INDEX 1
Profile Name : Default
DDRS Status : enable
Data Streams : auto
DDRS Min Data Rate Index : 0
DDRS Max Data Rate Index : 15
DDRS Lower SNR Correction : 0 dB
DDRS Upper SNR Correction : 3 dB
DDRS Rate Incr Threshold : 25 %
DDRS Rate Decr Threshold : 30 %
DDRS Chain Balance Threshold : 15 dB
DDRS Rate Back Off Interval : 300 secs
DDRS Rate Blacklist Interval : 600 secs
DDRS Rate Stable Interval : 10 secs
ATPC Status : enable
ATPC Upper Margin : 10 dB
ATPC Lower Margin : 10 dB
TPC (Multiplied by 2) : 0 dBm
Tx Rate Index : 0
Supported Tx Rates : 0-6.5Mbps,1-13Mbps,2-19.5Mbps,3-26Mbps,4-39M
bps,5-52Mbps,6-58.5Mbps,7-65Mbps,8-13Mbps,9-26Mbps,10-39Mbps,11-52Mbps,12-78Mbps
,13-104Mbps,14-117Mbps,15-130Mbps
Auto Tx Antenna Status : disable
Tx Chainmask : five
Supported Tx Chainmask : 7
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 41

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 2
Profile Name : link
DDRS Status : disable
Data Streams : dual
DDRS Min Data Rate Index : 11
DDRS Max Data Rate Index : 11
DDRS Lower SNR Correction : 10 dB
DDRS Upper SNR Correction : 20 dB
DDRS Rate Incr Threshold : 10 %
DDRS Rate Decr Threshold : 20 %
DDRS Chain Balance Threshold : 10 dB
DDRS Rate Back Off Interval : 15 secs
DDRS Rate Blacklist Interval : 15 secs
DDRS Rate Stable Interval : 15 secs
ATPC Status : disable
ATPC Upper Margin : 20 dB
ATPC Lower Margin : 10 dB
TPC (Multiplied by 2) : 10 dBm
Tx Rate Index : 9
Supported Tx Rates : 8-13Mbps,9-26Mbps,10-39Mbps,11-52Mbps,12-78M
bps,13-104Mbps,14-117Mbps,15-130Mbps
Auto Tx Antenna Status : disable
Tx Chainmask : six
Supported Tx Chainmask : 7
Entry Status : enable

: Please ensure that Backoff Interval should be less than or equal to the Blacklist Interval.

Tx/Rx Chainmask Calculation

To calculate the Tx/Rx chainmask, refer the below tabulated values.
• In this table, value “1” indicates enable and “0” indicates disable.
• To configure the required ports, type the corresponding decimal bit in the CLI.

Antenna Ports In CLI Config: Bit Select Port Selected

A3 A2 A1

0 0 0 0 None

0 0 1 1 Only A1

0 1 0 2 Only A2

0 1 1 3 Only A2 and A1

1 0 0 4 Only A3

1 0 1 5 Only A3 and A1

1 1 0 6 Only A3 and A2

1 1 1 7 All Ports

• For example: If all the antenna ports (A1,A2,and A3) are selected, then the values are as follows:
– Binary: 111
– Decimal: 7
– Supported Tx Chainmask: 7

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 42

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.8.2 Properties
To configure the wireless properties, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# properties
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless-properties)#radio 1 antenna-gain 12
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless-properties)#radio 1 auto-channel-selection disable
When Auto channel is enabled, ignore current configured channel.
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless-properties)#radio 1 configured-channel 160
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless-properties)#radio 1 current-bandwidth 40
Changes in current channel Bandwidth will reset the Tx rate to default value.
Changes in current Channel Bandwidth requires reboot.

T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless-properties)#radio 1 mp-operational-mode highthroughput

Changes in MP operational mode requires reboot.
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless-properties)#radio 1 satellite-density large
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-properties)# radio 1 channel-offset 1
Changes in channel offset requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-properties)# radio 1 max-eirp 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-properties)# radio 1 dcs-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-properties)# radio 1 dcs-badlink-thrld 23
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-properties)# radio 1 dcs-retx-thrld 22
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless-properties)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config)#exit

T8000-00:00:00# show wireless properties

// WIRELESS PROPERTIES CONFIGURATION //

Interface 1
Current Channel Bandwidth : 20
Channel Offset : 0
Supported Channel Bandwidth : 5,10,20,40
Auto Channel Selection : disable
Current Configured Channel : 160
Current Active Channel : 160
Max EIRP : 100 dBm
Antenna Gain : 0 dBi
Supported Channels : 32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46
,47,48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,7
3,74,75,76,77,78,79,80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,
100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,
120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,
140,141,142,143,144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,158,159,
160,161,162,163,164,165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,
180,181,182,183,184,185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,
200,201,202,203,204,205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214

Available Channels : 32,33,34,35,36,37,38,39,40,41,42,43,44,45,46

,47,48,49,50,51,52,53,54,55,56,57,58,59,60,61,62,63,64,65,66,67,68,69,70,71,72,7
3,74,75,76,77,78,79,80,81,82,83,84,85,86,87,88,89,90,91,92,93,94,95,96,97,98,99,
100,101,102,103,104,105,106,107,108,109,110,111,112,113,114,115,116,117,118,119,
120,121,122,123,124,125,126,127,128,129,130,131,132,133,134,135,136,137,138,139,
140,141,142,143,144,145,146,147,148,149,150,151,152,153,154,155,156,157,163,164,
165,166,167,168,169,170,171,172,173,174,175,176,177,178,179,180,181,182,183,184,
185,186,187,188,189,190,191,192,193,194,195,196,197,198,199,200,201,202,203,204,
205,206,207,208,209,210,211,212,213,214
Satellite Density : large
MP Operational Mode : highthroughput

// WIRELESS DFS CONFIGURATION //

DFS Channel Wait Time : 60 Secs

Number of Satelites for Freq. Switch : 0

// WIRELESS DCS CONFIGURATION //

DCS Status : enable

DCS ReTransmission Threshold : 22 %
DCS Badlink Threshold : 23

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 43

 Command Line Interface

: Channel Offset is applicable only to MP-8160-BSU; MP-8160-BS9; MP-8160-SUA; MP-8150-CPE; MP-8160-CPE-A100;

MP-826-CPE-50; MP-825-CPE-50; MP-825-CPE-100; MP-835-CPE-10; MP-835-CPE-25; MP-835-CPE-50;
MP-835-CPE-100;MP-820-BSU-100; MP-820-SUA-50+; MP-820-SUA-100; MP-825-BS3-100; MP-825-SUR-50+;
MP-825-SUR-100; QB-825-EPR/LNK-50; QB-825-EPR/LNK-50+; QB-835-EPR/LNK-25; QB-835-EPR/LNK-50;
QBQB-826-EPR/LNK-100; QB-8160-EPR/LNK-100 and QB-8150-LNK-12/50 devices.

1.6.10.8.3 Dynamic Frequency Selection (DFS)

: Applicable to all devices except MP-8160-BSU, MP-8160-BS9, MP-8160-SUA, MP-8160-CPE-A100 and

MP-826-CPE-50

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# dfs
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs)# radio 1 channel-wait-time 60
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs)# radio 1 dfs-status 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs)# radio 1 sus-reporting-radar 2

DFS Status can be configured only in Subscriber / End Point B devices.

Manual Blacklisting

T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs)# manual-blacklist
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs-mcb)# radio 1 rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs-mcb)# radio 1 rowadd 0 channel 32
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs-mcb)# radio 1 rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs-mcb)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-dfs)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show manual-blacklist

// Manual Black List Table//

INDEX 1.1
Black List Channel : 32
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 44

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.8.4 MIMO Properties

To configure wireless MIMO Properties, type the following commands:

:
• Frequency Extension is configurable only if current channel bandwidth is set to 40MHz.
• Refer Tx/Rx Chainmask Calculation for Tx/Rx Chainmask calulation.

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# mimo
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless- mimo)#radio 1 frequency-extension upper
Changes in Frequency Extension requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless- mimo)#radio 1 guard-interval fullgi-800nsec
Changes in Guard Interval will reset the TX rate to default value.
T8000-EF:11:1F(config-wireless-mimo)# radio 1 rx-antennas ?
Possible completions:
<value(1-7)> Rx Antenna Chainmask.Type:Bit field,Bit 0-A1,Bit 1-A2, Bit 2-A3
NOTE:Combinations of bits will be allowed for Rx antenna chainmask.
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless- mimo)#radio 1 rx-antennas 7
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless- mimo)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-wireless)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless mimo

// MIMO CONFIGURATION //

INTERFACE 1
Frequency Extension : Upper Extension Channel
Guard Interval : fullgi-800nsec
Rx Chainmask : seven
Supported Rx Chainmask : 3

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 45

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.8.5 WORP
To configure WORP parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# worp
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 auto-multi-frame-burst 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 bandwidth-limit-type policing
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 input-bandwidth-limit 307200
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 mac-acl disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 max-sus 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 worp-mtu 3808
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 multi-frame-burst enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 network-name OR_WORP
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 output-bandwidth-limit 307200
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 radius-mac-acl disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 radius-profile-index one
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 registration-timeout 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 retry-count 3
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 security-profile-index one
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 sleep-mode disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 super-frame enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 poll-backoff-on-timeout 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 rssi-drop-threshold 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 error-count-threshold 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 bsu-name bsu1
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 secondary-bsu-name bsu2
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)# radio 1 bsu-switch-interval 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless worp

// WORP CONFIGURATION //

Mode : BSU
Network Name : OR_WORP
Max SUs : 10
Worp MTU : 3808 Bytes
Super Packeting Status : enable
Multi Frame Burst : enable
Automatic Multi Frame Bursting : enable
Registration Timeout : 10 Seconds
Retry Count : 3
Input Bandwidth Limit : 307200 Kbps
Output Bandwidth Limit : 307200 Kbps
Bandwidth Limit Type : policing
Security Profile Index : one
Radius Profile index : one
MAC ACL Status : disable
Radius MAC ACL Status : disable
Radio MAC Address : 00:21:86:51:e4:f4
Sleep Mode : disable
Poll BackOff On Timeout : enable
Error Count Threshold : 1 %

// WORP CONFIGURATION //

Mode : SU
Base Station Name : bsu1
Secondary Base Station Name : bsu2
Base Switch Interval : 4
Network Name : OR_WORP
Worp MTU : 3808 Bytes
Super Packeting Status : enable
Registration Timeout : 10 Seconds
Retry Count : 3
Input Bandwidth Limit : 307200 Kbps
Output Bandwidth Limit : 307200 Kbps
Bandwidth Limit Type : policing
Security Profile Index : one
Radio MAC Address : 00:21:86:51:e4:f4
Error Count Threshold : 1 %
RSSI Drop Threshold : 2 dB

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 46

 Command Line Interface

• Poll BackOff On Timeout is applicable only to a BSU.

• Given below are the base stations and the maximum number of subscribers supported by each of them:

Base Station Maximum Number of Subscribers

MP-8100-BSU (rev 1 to rev 6) 100

MP-8100-BSU (rev 7 and above) 250

MP-8160-BSU 250
MP-8160-BS9

MP-8200-BSU 250

MP-8250-BS9 250

MP-8250-BS1 250

MP-820-BSU-100 10

MP-825-BS3-100 10

• The show wireless worp command displays the supported Tx Rates and their corresponding index values for a
device. To select a particular Tx rate, enter its corresponding index value. For example, to select the Tx rate 13.5
Mbps, select its index value as 24.
• RSSI Drop Threshold is applicable only to an SU.

Disable Secondary BSU

To disable redundant BSU (Secondary BSU), configure the following command:

T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-worp)#wireless worp radio 1 secondary-bsu-name ""

1.6.10.8.6 DDRS SNR Table

To configure the DDRS SNR values, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# ddrs
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-ddrs)# snr-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-ddrs-snr-table)# radio 1 rowedit 1 min-req-snr 23
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-ddrs-snr-table)# radio 1 rowedit 1 max-opt-snr 24
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-ddrs-snr-table)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-ddrs)#
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless ddrs-snr-table

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 47

 Command Line Interface

// DDRS SNR Table//

INDEX 1
MCS Index : MCS0
Modulation : BPSK(1/2)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 6.5 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 23 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 24 dB

INDEX 2
MCS Index : MCS1
Modulation : QPSK(1/2)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 13.0 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 9 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 86 dB

INDEX 3
MCS Index : MCS2
Modulation : QPSK(3/4)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 19.5 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 11 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 84 dB

INDEX 4
MCS Index : MCS3
Modulation : 16QAM(1/2)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 26.0 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 14 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 82 dB

INDEX 5
MCS Index : MCS4
Modulation : 16QAM(3/4)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 39.0 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 18 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 80 dB

INDEX 6
MCS Index : MCS5
Modulation : 64QAM(2/3)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 52.0 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 22 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 78 dB

INDEX 7
MCS Index : MCS6
Modulation : 64QAM(3/4)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 58.5 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 25 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 77 dB

INDEX 8
MCS Index : MCS7
Modulation : 64QAM(5/6)
Number of Streams : single
Data Rate : 65.0 Mbps
Min Required SNR : 28 dB
Max Optimal SNR : 77 dB

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 48

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.8.7 Wireless Inactivity Timer

To configure the Wireless Inactivity Timer, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# wireless-timer 5
Setting the Wireless Inactivity Timer to 0 disables the timer.
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless wireless-timer

// WIRELESS IN-ACTIVITY INFORMATION //

Wireless In Activity Timer : 5 Secs

1.6.10.8.8 Power Rate Table

: The “show power-rate-table 1” command displays the entries for which power is greater than “zero”.

To display the Power Rate Table, type the following command:

T8000-00:00:00# show power-rate-tbl 1

----------------------------
| Power Rate Table |
----------------------------
6M OFDM 17.0 dBm
9M OFDM 17.0 dBm
12M OFDM 17.0 dBm
18M OFDM 17.0 dBm
24M OFDM 17.0 dBm
36M OFDM 15.0 dBm
48M OFDM 14.0 dBm
54M OFDM 13.0 dBm
XR 17.0 dBm
HT20mc 0 17.0 dBm
HT20mc 1 17.0 dBm
HT20mc 2 17.0 dBm
HT20mc 3 17.0 dBm
HT20mc 4 17.0 dBm
HT20mc 5 15.0 dBm
HT20mc 6 14.0 dBm
HT20mc 7 13.0 dBm
-----------------------------

To display the Power Rate Table for 8xx device, type the following command:

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 49

 Command Line Interface

T8000-EF:11:1F>enable
T8000-EF:11:1F# show power-rate-tbl 1
----------------------------
| Power Rate Table |
----------------------------
6M OFDM 23.0 dBm
9M OFDM 23.0 dBm
12M OFDM 23.0 dBm
18M OFDM 23.0 dBm
24M OFDM 23.0 dBm
36M OFDM 21.0 dBm
48M OFDM 20.0 dBm
54M OFDM 19.0 dBm
1L CCK 3.0 dBm
2L CCK 3.0 dBm
2S CCK 3.0 dBm
5.5L CCK 3.0 dBm
5.5S CCK 3.0 dBm
11L CCK 3.0 dBm
11S CCK 3.0 dBm
XR 23.0 dBm
HT20mc 0 23.0 dBm
HT20mc 1 22.0 dBm
HT20mc 2 21.0 dBm
HT20mc 3 20.0 dBm
HT20mc 4 19.0 dBm
HT20mc 5 18.0 dBm
HT20mc 6 17.0 dBm
HT20mc 7 14.0 dBm
HT40mc 0 3.0 dBm
HT40mc 1 3.0 dBm
HT40mc 2 3.0 dBm
HT40mc 3 3.0 dBm
HT40mc 4 3.0 dBm
HT40mc 5 3.0 dBm
HT40mc 6 3.0 dBm
HT40mc 7 3.0 dBm
Dup CCK 3.0 dBm
Dup OFDM 3.0 dBm
Ext CCK 3.0 dBm
Ext OFDM 3.0 dBm
-----------------------------

1.6.10.8.9 Roaming

: Roaming is applicable only to a point-to-multipoint device. However, it is not applicable to a point-to-multipoint device
in legacy mode.

To configure the roaming parameters on a BSU, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# roaming
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# roaming-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# announce-period 100
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# max-pkts-per-burst 16
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# roaming-link-profile-index 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# roaming-channel-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam-chan-tbl)# rowadd 1 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam-chan-tbl)# rowadd 1 channel 32
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam-chan-tbl)# rowadd 1 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam-chan-tbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless roaming

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 50

 Command Line Interface

// ROAMING CONFIGURATION //
Roaming Status : enable
Roaming Link Profile Index : 1
Announce Period : 26 ms
Max Packets Per Burst : 2

// ROAMING CHANNEL TABLE //

INDEX 1
Channel : 32
Entry Status : enable

To configure the roaming parameters on an SU, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# roaming
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# roaming-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# slow-roam-rx-snr-thrld 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# fast-roam-rx-snr-thrld 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# roam-toggle-offset 3
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-roam)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless roaming

// ROAMING CONFIGURATION //
Roaming Status : enable
Roaming Link Profile Index : 1

Slow Roaming
Rx SNR Threshold : 1

Fast Roaming
Rx SNR Threshold : 2

Roam Toggle Offset : 3

• Switching from Slow to Fast, and from Fast to Emergency Roaming is possible but vice versa is not.
• In the roaming deployments, it is recommended to configure the same Announce Period in all the BSUs.
• While working in DFS channels, the roaming time increases and affects the performance as the device scans the
channel for the presence of the RADAR for the duration of the configured Channel Wait Time.
• In VLAN aware scenarios, it is recommended not to use Roaming.
• The roaming time for an SU increases when the RADIUS based authentication is enabled on the BSU.
• When an SU registers with a new BSU, it will transfer all the data, buffered during transition, to the new BSU.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 51

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.8.10 BSU/SU Profiles

To list all the available commands under BSU/SU Profile, type?

T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# profile-peer-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-prof-peer)# rowadd 0 entrystatus 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-prof-peer)# rowadd 0 wireless-mac-address 00:11:22:33:44:55
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-prof-peer)# rowadd 0 device-name peer
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-prof-peer)# rowadd 0 link-profile-index 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-prof-peer)# rowadd 0 entrystatus 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless-prof-peer)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-wireless)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show wireless profile-peer-list

// SU Profiles //

INDEX 1
Wireless MAC Address : 00:11:22:33:44:55
Device Name : peer
Link Profile Index : 2

1.6.10.9 Security
To list all the available commands under Security, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)# security
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
macacl MAC-ACL Configuration
radius Radius Configuration
security-profile Wireless Security Configuration

1.6.10.9.1 Security Profile

To configure Security Profile, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 (config)#security
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec)#security-profile
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 authentication-mode 5
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 encryption-type 7
For the Encryption type aes-ccm, only key1 is valid.

T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 key-index 4

T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 key1 ~!@#$%^&*()_+|{}
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 key2 1234567890123456
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 key3 abcdefghijklmnop
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 key4 98765432abcdefgh
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 network-secret public
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 profile-name Security1
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec-tbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-sec)# exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show security security-profile

// SECURITY WIRELESS PROFILE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1

Profile Name : WORP Security

Authentication Mode : worp
Encryption Type : none
Network Secret : ******
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 52

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 2

Profile Name : Security1

Authentication Mode : worp
Encryption Type : aes-ccm
Key 1 : ******
Key 2 : ******
Key 3 : ******
Key 4 : ******
Transmit Key Index : 4
Network Secret : ******
Entry Status : enable

• While configuring keys, Network Secret and Profile Name , special characters like question mark (?), double quote
("), single quote ('), back slash (\) forward slash (/), equal (=), hyphen (-) and blank spaces are not valid.
• A QuickBridge supports AES-CCM encryption type only.
• WEP and TKIP Encryption Types are supported only in legacy Modes.

1.6.10.10 RADIUS

:Applicable only to a Base Station, and a QuickBridge in End Point A mode.

To list all the available commands under RADIUS, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)# radius
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
server-table Radius Server Table Configuration
supported-table Radius Supported Table Configuration

1.6.10.10.1 Server Table

In IPv4 mode, to configure the RADIUS Server table, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 (config)#security
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)# radius
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad)#server-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 1 entry-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 1 ipaddress 169.254.128.133
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 1 port 1200
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 1 shared-secret public
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show security radius server-table

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 53

 Command Line Interface

// RADIUS SERVER TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1.1

Server Type : Primary Authentication Server

IP Address : 169.254.128.133
Port : 1200
Shared Secret : ******
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 1.2

Pro

: Secondary Authentication Server

IP Address : 169.254.128.134
Port : 1812
Shared Secret : ******
Entry Status : disable

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to configure the RADIUS Server table, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 (config)#security
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)# radius
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad)#server-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 2 entry-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 2 ipaddress
2001:db8:1::10:3
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 2 port 1200
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# rowedit 1 secondary-index 2 shared-secret public
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-server)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show security radius server-table

// RADIUS SERVER TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1.1

Server Type : Primary Authentication Server

IP Address : 169.254.128.133
Port : 1200
Shared Secret : ******
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 1.2

Profile Type : Secondary Authentication Server

IP Address : 2001:db8:1::10:3
Port : 1812
Shared Secret : ******
Entry Status : disable

: While configuring Shared Secret, special characters like question mark (?), double quote ("), single quote ('), back slash
(\) forward slash (/), equal (=), hyphen (-) and blank spaces are not valid.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 54

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.10.2 Supported Table

To configure the RADIUS supported table, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)# radius
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad)#supported-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-supported)# rowedit 1 entry-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-supported)# rowedit 1 max-retransmissions 3
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-supported)# rowedit 1 msg-response-time 3
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-supported)# rowedit 1 re-authentication 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-supported)# rowedit 1 profile-name defaultradius
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad-supported)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-rad)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show security radius supported-table

// RADIUS SUPPORTED TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Profile Name : defaultradius
Max Re-transmissions : 3
Message Response Time : 3
Re-Authentication Period : 0
Entry Status : enable

: While configuring profile Name , special characters like question mark (?), double quote ("), single quote ('), back slash
(\) forward slash (/), equal (=), hyphen (-) and blank spaces are not valid.

1.6.10.10.3 MAC ACL

:Applicable only to a Base Station, and a QuickBridge in End Point A mode.

To configure the operational mode of MAC-ACL, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# security
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)# macacl
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl)# ?
Possible completions:

address-table MAC Address Access Control List

exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
operation-type Operational Type Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl)# operation-type allow
T8000-00:00:00# show security macacl operational-type

// MAC ACL OPERATION TYPE//

Operation Type : allow

Mac Acl Address Table

T8000-00:00:00(config)# security
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)#macacl
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl)# address-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl-address)# rowadd 1 secondary-index 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl-address)# rowadd 1 secondary-index 0 comment firstrow
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl-address)# rowadd 1 secondary-index 0 mac-address
00:11:22:33:44:55
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl-address)# rowadd 1 secondary-index 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl-address)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec-macacl)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-sec)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show security macacl address-table
// MAC ACL ADDRESS TABLE CONFIGURATION //
INDEX 1.1
MAC Address : 00:11:22:33:44:55
Comment : firstrow
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 55

 Command Line Interface

The maximum number of Subscribers/End Point Bs that can be added to the MAC ACL table is 250.

1.6.10.11 Filtering

: Applicable only in Bridge mode.

To list all the available commands under Filtering, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)# filtering
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)# ?
Possible completions:
advanced Advanced Filter Table Configuration
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
global-filter-control Global Filter Control Configuration
protocol Protocol Filter Type, Filter Control,Table
security-gateway Security Gateway Configuration
staticmac Static Mac Address Table Configuration
storm-threshold Storm Threshold Configuration
stp-frame-status STP Frame Forward status
tcpudp TCP UDP Port Filter Control,Table Configuration

1.6.10.11.1 Static MAC

To configure Static MAC parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 # configure
T8000-00:00:00 (config)#filtering
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter)# staticmac
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#rowadd 0 wired-mac-address 00:11:22:33:44:55
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#rowadd 0 wired-mac-mask ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#rowadd 0 wireless-mac-address 10:22:33:44:55:67
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#rowadd 0 wireless-mac-mask 00:00:00:00:00:00
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#rowadd 0 filter-comment wiredonly
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-staticmac)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering staticmac
// STATIC MAC ADDRESS FILTER TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Wired Mac Address : 00:11:22:33:44:55
Wired Mac Mask : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Wireless Mac Address : 10:22:33:44:55:67
Wireless Mac Mask : 00:00:00:00:00:00
Filter Comment : wired only
Entry Status : enable

: A maximum of 200 MAC address filters can be added.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 56

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.11.2 TCP/UDP
To configure TCP/UDP parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter)#tcpudp port-filter-ctrl disable

T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp)#tcpudp-table
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#tcpudp-table
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#rowadd 0 port-number 80
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#rowadd 0 protocol-name HTTP
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#rowadd 0 port-type tcp
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#rowadd 0 interface 1
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp-tbl)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-tcpudp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter)#exit

T8000-00:00:00 (config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering tcpudp

// TCP UDP FILTER CONFIGURATION//

Port Filter Control: disable

INDEX 1
Protocol Name : NetBios Name Service
Port Number : 137
Port Type : both
Interface : allinterfaces
Entry status : disable

INDEX 2
Protocol Name : NetBios Datagram Service
Port Number : 138
Port Type : both
Interface : allinterfaces
Entry status : disable

INDEX 3
Protocol Name : NetBios Session Service
Port Number : 139
Port Type : both
Interface : allinterfaces
Entry status : disable
INDEX 4
Protocol Name : SNMP service
Port Number : 161
Port Type : both
Interface : allinterfaces
Entry status : disable

INDEX 5
Protocol Name : IPSEC/ISAKMP
Port Number : 500
Port Type : both
Interface : allinterfaces
Entry status : disable

INDEX 6
Protocol Name : L2TP
Port Number : 1701
Port Type : both
Interface : allinterfaces
Entry status : disable

INDEX 7
Protocol Name : PPTP
Port Number : 1723
Port Type : both
Interface : allinterfaces
Entry status : disable

INDEX 8
Protocol Name : HTTP
Port Number : 80
Port Type : tcp
Interface : ethernet
Entry status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 57

 Command Line Interface

:
• The TCP/UDP filtering operation is allowed only when the Global Flag and Filter Control options are enabled.
• A maximum of 64 TCP/UDP Port Filter entries can be added to the table, out of which 7 are default entries.

1.6.10.11.3 Protocol Filter

To configure Protocol Filter, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter)#protocol
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol)# filter-control disable
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol)# filter-type passthru
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol)# protocol-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol-tbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol-tbl)# rowadd 0 filter-status block
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol-tbl)# rowadd 0 protocol-name Ip
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol-tbl)# rowadd 0 protocol-number 08:01
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol-tbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol-tbl)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-protocol)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering protocol

// PROTOCOL TABLE CONFIGURATION //

Filter Control : disable
Filter Type : passthru

INDEX 1
Protocol Name : Apollo Domain
Protocol Number : 80:19
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable
INDEX 2
Protocol Name : Apple Talk 1 and 2
Protocol Number : 80:9b
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 3
Protocol Name : Apple Talk ARP 1 and 2
Protocol Number : 80:f3
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 4
Protocol Name : Banyan VINES
Protocol Number : 0b:ad
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 5
Protocol Name : Banyan VINES Echo
Protocol Number : 0b:af
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 6
Protocol Name : Decnet Phase IV
Protocol Number : 60:03
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable
INDEX 7
Protocol Name : DEC Diagnostic
Protocol Number : 60:05
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 8
Protocol Name : DEC LAT
Protocol Number : 60:04
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 58

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 9
Protocol Name : DEC MOP Dump/Load
Protocol Number : 60:01
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 10
Protocol Name : DEC MOP Rem Cons
Protocol Number : 60:02
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 11
Protocol Name : DEC NetBIOS
Protocol Number : 80:40
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 12
Protocol Name : HP Probe Control
Protocol Number : 80:05
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 13
Protocol Name : IBM SNA Services
Protocol Number : 80:d5
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 14
Protocol Name : IP-ARP
Protocol Number : 08:06
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 15
Protocol Name : Novell(ECONFIG E)
Protocol Number : 81:37
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 16
Protocol Name : RARP Reverse ARP
Protocol Number : 80:35
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 17
Protocol Name : SNMP Over Ethernet
Protocol Number : 81:4c
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 18
Protocol Name : Xyplex
Protocol Number : 08:88
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 19
Protocol Name : EAPOL ether type
Protocol Number : 88:8e
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 20
Protocol Name : Ip
Protocol Number : 08:01
Filter Status : block
Entry Status : enable

: The maximum number of Protocol Filters that can be added to the table are 64, out of which 19 are default entries.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 59

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.11.4 Advanced Filter Table

To configure pre-defined IP protocols, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter)#advanced
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-advanced)# rowedit 1 direction ethernet2wireless
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-advanced)# rowedit 1 entry-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-advanced)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering advanced

// ADVANCED FILTER TABLE CONFIGURATION//

INDEX 1
Protocol Name : Deny-IPX-RIP
Direction : ethernet2wireless
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 2
Protocol Name : Deny-IPX-SAP
Direction : both
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 3
Protocol Name : Deny-IPX-LSP
Direction : both
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 4
Protocol Name : Deny-IP-Broadcasts
Direction : both
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 5
Protocol Name : Deny-IP-Multicasts
Direction : both
Entry Status : disable

1.6.10.11.5 Worp Intracell

: Intracell Blocking is applicable only to a Base Station in Bridge Mode only.

The following commands are used to enable WORP Intracell Configuration.

T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter)#worp-intracell
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell)# intracell-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering worp-intracell intracell-status
//Intracell Status//
Intracell Block status : enable

Group Table
The following commands are used to enable group table configuration.

T8000-00:00:00 (config-filter-intrcell)#group-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-group)# rowedit 1 entry-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-group)# rowedit 1 group-name grpID1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-group)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell)#exit

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering worp-intracell group-table

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 60

 Command Line Interface

// INTRA CELL GROUP TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Group Name : grpID1
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 2
Group Name : grpID2
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 3
Group Name : grpID3
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 4
Group Name : grpID4
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 5
Group Name : grpID5
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 6
Group Name : grpID6
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 7
Group Name : grpID7
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 8
Group Name : grpID8
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 9
Group Name : grpID9
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 10
Group Name : grpID10
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 11
Group Name : grpID11
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 12
Group Name : grpID12
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 13
Group Name : grpID13
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 14
Group Name : grpID14
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 15
Group Name : grpID15
Entry Status : disable

INDEX 16
Group Name : grpID16
Entry Status : disable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 61

 Command Line Interface

Mac Table
Type the following commands to enable Intracell Blocking MAC Table.

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell)# mac-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
rowadd Enter 0 or available index to create a new table entry. The
available index is next to the existing last row.
rowedit Enter row number to edit/delete
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 mac-address
00:11:22:33:44:55
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id1 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id2 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id3 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id4 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id5 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id6 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id7 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id8 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id9 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id10 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id11 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id12 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id13 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id14 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id15 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 group-id16 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell-mactable)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-intracell)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering worp-intracell mactable

// INTRA-CELL MAC TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Mac Address : 00:11:22:33:44:55
Group ID-1 : enable
Group ID-2 : enable
Group ID-3 : enable
Group ID-4 : enable
Group ID-5 : enable
Group ID-6 : enable
Group ID-7 : enable
Group ID-8 : enable
Group ID-9 : enable
Group ID-10 : enable
Group ID-11 : enable
Group ID-12 : enable
Group ID-13 : enable
Group ID-14 : enable
Group ID-15 : enable
Group ID-16 : enable
Entry Status : enable

1.6.10.11.6 STP/LACP Frame Status

Enter the following commands to enable STP frames. It is configurable only in bridge mode.

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)# stp-frame-status enable

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00#show filtering stp-frame-status

// STP/LACP FRAME STATUS CONFIGURATION //

STP Frame Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 62

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.11.7 Security Gateway

To configure the Security Gateway, type the following commands. It is configurable only in bridge mode.

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)# security-gateway
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-gateway)# macaddress 10:22:33:44:55:66
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-gateway)# status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-gateway)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show filtering security-gateway
// SECURITY GATEWAY CONFIGURATION //

Gateway Status : enable

Gateway Mac Address : 10:22:33:44:55:66

1.6.10.11.8 Global Filter Flag

To configure Global Filter Flag, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)# global-filter-control disable

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 # show filtering global-filter-control
Global Filter Flag : disable

1.6.10.11.9 Storm Threshold Configuration

To configure Storm Threshold, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)# storm-threshold
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-storm-thresh)# rowedit 1 broadcast-threshold 200
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-storm-thresh)# rowedit 1 multicast-threshold 150
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter-storm-thresh)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-filter)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit

T8000-00:00:00# show filtering storm-threshold

// STORM THRESHOLD FILTER TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Interface : ethernet
Multicast Threshold : 150
Broadcast Threshold : 200

INDEX 2
Interface : wireless
Multicast Threshold : 0
Broadcast Threshold : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 63

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.12 VLAN

: VLAN can be configured in Bridge mode only.

Type the following commands to configure the VLAN parameters.

T8000-00:00:00(config)# vlan
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# ?
Possible completions:
config-table Vlan Config Table Configuration
double-vlan-status Double VLAN (Q in Q) Status
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
mgmt-vlan-id Management VLAN Identifier
mgmt-vlan-priority Management VLAN priority
service-vlan-id Service VLAN Identifier
service-vlan-priority Service VLAN Priority
service-vlan-tpid Service VLAN TPID
trunk-table VLAN trunk parameters for ethernet interface
vlan-status Configure the VLAN functionality

T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# mgmt-vlan-id 234

T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# vlan-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# mgmt-vlan-priority 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# double-vlan-status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# service-vlan-tpid x9100
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# service-vlan-id 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# service-vlan-priority 6
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit

T8000-00:00:00# show vlan

// VLAN CONFIGURATION //

Vlan Status : disable

MgmtVlan Id : -1
MgmtVlan Priority : 0
Double Vlan (Q in Q) Status : enable
Service Vlan TPID : x9100
Service Vlan ID : 2
Service Vlan Priority : 6

// VLAN Ethernet Configuration //

INDEX 1

Vlan Mode : trunk

Access Vlan ID : -1
Access Vlan Priority : 0
Allow Untagged Frames : enable
Port Vlan ID : -1
Port Vlan Priority : 0

INDEX 2

Vlan Mode : transparent

Access Vlan ID : -1
Access Vlan Priority : 0

• Only Subscriber and QuickBridge support Double VLAN (Q in Q) feature.

• # show vlan command is used only for local VLAN configuration; it should be ignored while using RADIUS based VLAN
assignment.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 64

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.12.1 VLAN Config Table

Access Mode:
Access Mode can be configured in a Subscriber and QuickBridge.

T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# config-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 vlan-mode access
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 access-vlan-id 23
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 access-vlan-priority 3
Similarly the Parameters can be configured on Ethernet Interface 2 by mentioning interface
number as 2 :
For Example :
The following Command is for configuring vlanmode on Ethernet Interface 2:
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 2 vlan-mode access
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 2 allow-untagged-mgmt-access enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show vlan

// VLAN CONFIGURATION //

Vlan Status : disable

MgmtVlan Id : -1
MgmtVlan Priority : 0
Double Vlan (Q in Q) Status : enable
Service Vlan TPID : x9100
Service Vlan ID : 2
Service Vlan Priority : 6

// VLAN Ethernet Configuration //

INDEX 1

Vlan Mode : access

Access Vlan ID : 23
Access Vlan Priority : 3
Allow Untagged Management Access : disable

INDEX 2

Vlan Mode : access

Access Vlan ID : -1
Access Vlan Priority : 0
Allow Untagged Management Access : enable

1.6.10.12.2 Transparent Mode

T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 vlan-mode transparent

When the device is configured in Double VLAN mode, do not configure the Ethernet interface of the
device in Transparent Mode.
1.6.10.12.3 Trunk Mode and VLAN Trunk Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 vlan-mode trunk

T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 untagged-frames enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 port-vlan-id 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# rowedit 1 port-vlan-priority 5
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-configtbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show vl
% Ambiguous command: vl
Possible completions:
vlan Vlan & Vlan Ethernet Configuration
vlan-trunk Vlan Trunk Table Configuration
T8000-00:00:00# show vlan

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 65

 Command Line Interface

// VLAN CONFIGURATION //

Vlan Status : disable

MgmtVlan Id : -1
MgmtVlan Priority : 0
Double Vlan (Q in Q) Status : enable
Service Vlan TPID : x9100
Service Vlan ID : 2
Service Vlan Priority : 6

// VLAN Ethernet Configuration //

INDEX 1

Vlan Mode : trunk

Access Vlan ID : -1
Access Vlan Priority : 0
Allow Untagged Frames : enable
Port Vlan ID : 2
Port Vlan Priority : 5
Allow Untagged Management Access : disable

INDEX 2

Vlan Mode : transparent

Access Vlan ID : -1
Access Vlan Priority : 0
Allow Untagged Management Access : enable

: Port VLAN Id and Port VLAN Priority is applicable only to a Subscriber and QuickBridge.

1.6.10.12.4 Vlan Trunk Table

The following commands are used to configure the VLAN Trunk table.
For Ethernet Interface 1

T8000-00:00:00(config)# vlan
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# trunk-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-trunk)# rowadd 1 secondary-index 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-trunk)# rowadd 1 secondary-index 0 trunk-id 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-trunk)# rowadd 1 secondary-index 0 entry-status create

For Ethernet Interface 2

T8000-00:00:00(config)# vlan
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan)# trunk-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-trunk)# rowadd 2 secondary-index 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-trunk)# rowadd 2 secondary-index 0 trunk-id 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-vlan-trunk)# rowadd 2 secondary-index 0 entry-status create

The following commands are used to show the VLAN Trunk table.

T8000-00:00:00# show vlan-trunk

// VLAN TRUNK TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1.1

Trunk ID : 10
Entry Status : enable

: You can configure a maximum of 256 trunk VLAN Ids in a Base Station and End Point A device, and 16 VLAN Ids in a
Subscriber and End Point B device.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 66

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.13 Radio Link Test

The list of available command under rlt, type ?

T8000-EF:11:1F# enable
T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
<[peer wireless mac] [options]|-h|--help|-v|--version>
T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt -h
Usage: rlt
rlt <peer wireless mac> [options]
rlt [-h|--help] [-v|--version]
Options:
-t test duration in seconds (default:60)
-s ethernet MTU size in Bytes (default:1500)
-i periodic report in seconds (default:disabled)
-o ignore timeout during test(default:disabled)
-V verbose mode (enables detailed stats display)
Traffic Direction:(default:bi-direction)
-d [rate] downlink test (rate in Kbps)
-u [rate] uplink test (rate in Kbps)
Miscellaneous:
-h, --help print this message and quit
-v, --version print version information and quit

T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt
THROUGHPUT SUMMARY : 18734 Kbps[ DL: 8914 Kbps, UL: 9820 Kbps ]

T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt -u
UPLINK STATS [ local --> remote ]
UDP THROUGHPUT : 19012 Kbps

T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt -d
DOWNLINK STATS [ local <-- remote ]
UDP THROUGHPUT : 19573 Kbps

T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt -u -s 1500

UDP THROUGHPUT : 18819 Kbps

T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt -v
Radio Link Test version 1.0.0 (Dec 11 2013)

T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt -o
THROUGHPUT SUMMARY : 20073 Kbps[ DL: 9653 Kbps, UL: 10420 Kbps ]

: The “-i” option to display the test report at periodic intervals works only with “-V” verbose option for all the traffic
directions.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 67

 Command Line Interface

T8000-EF:11:1F# rlt -u -V -i 5 -t 10

=============================================================
RADIO LINK TEST - v1.0.0
=============================================================
CONFIGURATION
Peer MAC : 04:f0:21:04:49:43
Test Direction : Uplink
Test Duration : 10 seconds
Ethernet MTU : 1500 Bytes
Uplink Rate : UNLIMITED
Report Interval : 5 seconds
=============================================================
PERIODIC REPORT:UL [Time: Total:10s - Elapsed:5s]
LOCAL STATISTICS:
Tx packets:9878 Tx bytes:14817000 Cur Tx rate:29330 Kbps
WORP:Send success:2389 Send retries:156
Send failures:9: Tx Rate:29300 Kbps
Wireless:phy errs:0 crc errs:0 medium busy:0
Signal: A1:-14 A2:-12 A3:0 Noise:A1:-102 A2:-102 A3:0
SNR: A1:88 A2:90 A3:0
REMOTES STATISTICS:
RX packets:5263 Rx bytes:7894500 Avg Rx rate:22166 Kbps
lost:1701
WORP:Send success:8 Send retries:0
Send failures:0 Tx Rate:32500 Kbps
Wirelss:phy errs:4 crc errs:113 medium busy:0
Signal: A1:-15 A2:-10 A3:0 Noise:A1:-102 A2:-102 A3:0
SNR: A1:87 A2:92 A3:0

PERIODIC REPORT:UL [Time: Total:10s - Elapsed:10s]

LOCAL STATISTICS:
Tx packets:22392 Tx bytes:33588000 Cur Tx rate:29301 Kbps
WORP:Send success:5458 Send retries:380
Send failures:12: Tx Rate:29300 Kbps
Wireless:phy errs:4 crc errs:1 medium busy:0
Signal: A1:-12 A2:-13 A3:0 Noise:A1:-102 A2:-102 A3:0
SNR: A1:90 A2:89 A3:0
REMOTES STATISTICS:
RX packets:13384 Rx bytes:20076000 Avg Rx rate:19917 Kbps
lost:6312
WORP:Send success:20 Send retries:1
Send failures:0 Tx Rate:29300 Kbps
Wirelss:phy errs:4 crc errs:276 medium busy:0
Signal: A1:-15 A2:-13 A3:0 Noise:A1:-102 A2:-102 A3:0
SNR: A1:87 A2:89 A3:0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 68

 Command Line Interface

=============================================================
RADIO LINK TEST REPORT
=============================================================
CONFIGURATION
Peer MAC : 04:f0:21:04:49:43
Test Direction : Uplink
Test Duration : 10 seconds
Ethernet MTU Size : 1500 Bytes
Uplink Rate : UNLIMITED
-----------------------------------------------------------
RESULT SUMMARY
TEST STATUS : COMPLETED
UDP THROUGHPUT : 19961 Kbps

UPLINK STATS [ local --> remote ]

Packets Transfered : 16951
Bytes Transfered : 25426500
Average Throughput : 19961 Kbps

INTERFACE STATS LOCAL REMOTE

WORP STATS
Data Rate(Kbps) : 29300 29300
Send Success : 6446 27
Send Retries : 425 1
Send Failures : 12 0
WIRELESS STATS
Phy Errors : 7 4
CRC Errors : 2 319
Medium Busy : 0 0
MIMO STATS : SIG NOI SNR SIG NOI SNR
A1: -14 -102 88 -14 -102 88
A2: -12 -102 90 -11 -102 91
A3: 0 0 0 0 0 0
=============================================================

• It is applicable only to MP-820-BSU-100, MP-820-SUA-50+, MP-820-SUA-100; MP-825-BS3-100, MP-825-SUR-50+,

MP-825-SUR-100, MP-825-CPE-50, MP-825-CPE-100, MP-835-CPE-10, MP-835-CPE-25, MP-835-CPE-50,
MP-835-CPE-100, MP-826-CPE-50, QB-825-LNK-50, QB-835-EPR/LNK-25, QB-835-EPR/LNK-50,
QB-826-EPR/LNK-100 and QB-825-LNK-50+ devices.
• This is not a replacement for other wireless performance measuring tools and should be used in conjunction with
other tools like Iperf or any other commercial tools.
• Both ends of a link should support Radio Link Test, but it is not possible to run this test simultaneously on both ends.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 69

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.14 WORP QoS

: QoS feature is applicable for BSU or End Point A only.

The list of all available commands under QoS, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)#worp-qos
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# ?

Possible completions:
class-list Class Table Configuration
default-class Configure the Default Class
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
l2-broadcast-class Configure the L2 BroadCast Class Configuration
pir-ip-list PIR IP Table Configuration
pir-list PIR Table Configuration
pir-mac-list PIR Mac Table Configuration
pir-map-list PIR Map Table Configuration
pir-port-list PIR Port Table Configuration
sfc-list SF Class Table Configuration
peer-list SU/EndPointB Table Configuration

1.6.10.14.1 Class List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config)# worp-qos
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# class-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
rowadd Enter 0 to create a new table entry
rowedit Enter row number to edit/delete
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
sfc-index SFC Table Index Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index ?
Possible completions:
<0-8> SFC Table Index Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
pir-index PIR Table Index Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index ?
Possible completions:
<0> PIR Table Index Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
class-name Class Name Configuration
entry-status Entry Status Configuration
entry-status-end Entry Status Configuration (Used for TBC)
pir-priority Priority Configuration
pir-value PIR Value Configuration
sfc-value SFC Value Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 entry-status 4

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 class-name string
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 pir-priority 50
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 pir-value 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 sfc-value 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-C1:65:# show worp-qos class-list
//WORP QOS CLASS TABLE CONFIGURATION//
Index 1.1.1
SFC Value : 1
PIR Value : 1
Class Name : Unlimited Best Effort
Priority : 0
Entry status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 70

 Command Line Interface

Index 1.2.1
SFC Value : 2
PIR Value : 1
Class Name : Unlimited Best Effort
Priority : 0
Entry status : enable

Index 2.1.1
SFC Value : 3
PIR Value : 3
Class Name : L2 Broadcast Best Effort
Priority : 0
Entry status : enable

Index 3.1.1
SFC Value : 4
PIR Value : 5
Class Name : G711 VoIP
Priority : 1
Entry status : enable

Index 3.2.1
SFC Value : 5
PIR Value : 7
Class Name : G711 VoIP
Priority : 1
Entry status : enable

Index 3.2.2
SFC Value : 5
PIR Value : 6
Class Name : G711 VoIP
Priority : 1
Entry status : enable

Index 4.1.1
SFC Value : 6
PIR Value : 5
Class Name : G729 VoIP
Priority : 1
Entry status : enable

Index 4.1.2
SFC Value : 6
PIR Value : 4
Class Name : G729 VoIP
Priority : 1
Entry status : enable

Index 4.2.1
SFC Value : 7
PIR Value : 7
Class Name : G729 VoIP
Priority : 1
Entry status : enable

Index 4.2.2
SFC Value : 7
PIR Value : 6
Class Name : G729 VoIP
Priority : 1
Entry status : enable

Index 5.1.1
SFC Value : 8
PIR Value : 15
Class Name : 2 Mbps Video
Priority : 0
Entry status : enable

Index 6.1.1
SFC Value : 2
PIR Value : 1
Class Name : string
Priority : 50
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 71

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.14.2 Adding New QoS Class

Any entry in QoS Class Table carries 3 indexes as shown in the below example.
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd <1st index> sfc-index <2nd-index> pir-index
<3rd-index> <options> <value>
where,
<1st index> - To identify the QoS Class
<2nd-index> - To identify the SFC index inside a QoS Class
<3rd-index> - To identify the PIR index inside an SFC entry of a QoS Class
To:
• Add a new QoS Class entry, we use "0" value for all the 3 indexes
• Add a new SFC entry inside a QoS Class, use the first index as QoS Class index and remaining 2 indexes with "0"
value.
• Add a new PIR rule inside an SFC of a QoS Class, specify the first index as QoS Class index and 2nd index as SFC index
inside that QoS Class and 3rd index as "0" value.

: CLI interface does not allow you to create two QoS Class with identical class names.

Below example illustrates the process to add a new QoS Class with class name “QoS-Management”:

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# class-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 class-name
QoS-Management
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 pir-priority 255
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 pir-value 19
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 sfc-value 9
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 0 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 entry-status 4

A QoS Class called "QoS-Management" with single SFC-PIR relationship is created in the above example,
where:
• Pir-value "19" refers to the PIR table's 19th index
• Sfc-value "9" refers to the SFC table's 9th index.
• The index "7.1.1" value carries three indexes, while first index "7" is the QoS Class index.

Adding another SFC-PIR Relationship to existing QoS Class

If you want to add another SFC-PIR relationship inside an existing QoS class “QoS-Management”, type the
following CLI commands.

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 7 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 entry-status 4

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 7 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 pir-priority 255
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 7 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 pir-value 20
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 7 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 sfc-value 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-classlist)# rowadd 7 sfc-index 0 pir-index 0 entry-status 4

T8000-00:00:55# show worp-qos class-list

// WORP QOS CLASS TABLE CONFIGURATION //

Index 1.1.1

SFC Value : 1
PIR Value : 1
Class Name : Unlimited Best Effort
Priority : 0
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 72

 Command Line Interface

Index 1.2.1

SFC Value : 2
PIR Value : 1
Class Name : Unlimited Best Effort
Priority : 0
Entry Status : enable

~
~

Index 7.1.1

SFC Value : 9
PIR Value : 19
Class Name : QoS-Management
Priority : 255
Entry Status : enable

Index 7.2.1

SFC Value : 10
PIR Value : 20
Class Name : QoS-Management
Priority : 255
Entry Status : enable

By using the first index “7” of the existing QoS Class in the “rowadd” command, you can create another
SFC-PIR relation (Index 7.2.1) in the existing Qos Class.
1.6.10.14.3 Default Class Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# default-class 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos default-class
// DEFAULT CLASS CONFIGURATION //
Default Class : 1

1.6.10.14.4 L2 Broadcast Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# l2-broadcast-class 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos l2-broadcast-class
// L2 BROADCAST CLASS CONFIGURATION //
L2 Broadcast Class: 1

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 73

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.14.5 Pir List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# pir-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
rowadd Enter 0 or available index to create a new table entry. The
available index is next to the existing last row.
rowedit Enter row number to edit/delete
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
entry-status Table Entry status
entry-status-end Table Entry Status(Used for TBC)
ether-priority-high Ether Priority High Configuration
ether-priority-low Ether Priority Low Configuration
ether-priority-rule Ether Priority Rule Configuration
ether-type Ether Type Configuration
ether-type-rule Ether Type Rule Configuration
ether-value Ether Value Configuration
pir-name Rule Name Configuration
pppoe-encapsulation PPPoE Encapsulation Configuration
pppoe-protocol-id PPPoE Protocol ID Configuration
protocol-ids Protocol Configuration
rule-bit-mask Enter the Rule Bit Mask Value
tos-high ToS High Configuration
tos-low ToS Low Configuration
tos-mask Tos Mask Configuration
tos-rule TOS Rule Configuration
vlan-id Vlan Id Configuration
vlan-rule VLAN Rule Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 rule-bit-mask 2047
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 ether-priority-high 5
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 ether-priority-low 5
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 ether-priority-rule enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 ether-type dix-snap
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 ether-type-rule enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 ether-value 00:00
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 pir-name 802.1p
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 pppoe-encapsulation enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 pppoe-protocol-id 02:02
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 protocol-ids 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 tos-high 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 tos-low 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 tos-mask 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 tos-rule enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 vlan-id 1002
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 vlan-rule enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirlist)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos pir-list

INDEX 1

Rule Name : 802.1p

Bit Mask : 2047
ToS Rule : enable
ToS Low : 0
ToS High : 0
ToS Mask : 0
Ether Priority Rule : enable
Ether Priority Low : 5
Ether Priority High : 5
VLAN Rule : enable
Vlan Id : 1002
PPPoE Encapsulation : enable
Ether Type Rule : enable
Ether Type : dix-snap
PPPoE Protocol ID : 02:02
Ether Value : 00:00
Protocol Ids : 0
Map Table Index Value : 1
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 74

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.14.6 Pir Mac List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# pir-mac-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
rowadd Enter 0 or available index to create a new table entry. The
available index is next to the existing last row.
rowedit Enter row number to edit/delete.
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)# rowadd 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
comment Mac Entry comment
entry-status Table Entry Status
entry-status-end Entry Status Configuration (Used for TBC)
mac-address MAC Address Configuration
mac-mask Mac Mask Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)# rowadd 0 mac-address 80:00:00:00:00:00
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)# rowadd 0 mac-mask 80:00:00:00:00:00
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)# rowadd 0 comment default-mac
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaclist)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00#show worp-qos pir-mac-list

// WORP QOS PIR MAC TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
MAC Address : 00:00:00:00:00:00
MAC Mask : 00:00:00:00:00:00
Comment : All
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 2
MAC Address : 01:00:00:00:00:00
MAC Mask : 01:00:00:00:00:00
Comment : L2 Multicast
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 3
MAC Address : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
MAC Mask : ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
Comment : L2 Broadcast
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 4
MAC Address : 80:00:00:00:00:00
MAC Mask : 80:00:00:00:00:00
Comment : default-mac
Entry Status : enable

1.6.10.14.7 Pir Port List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# pir-port-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirportlist)# rowadd 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
comment Port Comment Configuration
end-port End Port Configuration
entry-status Table Entry Status
entry-status-end Entry Status Configuration (Used for TBC)
start-port Start Port Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirportlist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirportlist)# rowadd 0 comment string
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirportlist)# rowadd 0 end-port 35000
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirportlist)# rowadd 0 start-port 12000
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirportlist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirportlist)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos pir-port-list

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 75

 Command Line Interface

// WORP QOS PIR PORT TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Start Port : 16000
End Port : 33000
Comment : Cisco VOIP
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 2
Start Port : 5060
End Port : 5061
Comment : Vonage VOIP-1
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 3
Start Port : 10000
End Port : 20000
Comment : Vonage VOIP-2
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 4
Start Port : 12000
End Port : 35000
Comment : string
Entry Status : enable

1.6.10.14.8 SFC List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#sfc-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
cir CIR Configuration
entry-status Entry Status Configuration
entry-status-end Entry Status Configuration (Used for TBC)
max-latency Max Latency Configuration
max-msg-inburst Number of Messages In Burst Configuration
mir MIR Configuration
schedular-type Schedular Type Configuration
sfc-name Class Name Configuration
tolerable-jitter Tolerable Jitter Configuration
traffic-direction Traffic Direction Configuration
traffic-priority Traffic Priority Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 cir 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 max-latency 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 max-msg-inburst 16
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 mir 300000
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 schedular-type be
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 sfc-name unlimitedbe
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 tolerable-jitter 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 traffic-direction downlink
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 traffic-priority 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-sfclist)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos sfc-list

// WORP QOS SFC CLASS TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
SFC Name : UL-Unlimited BE
Schedular Type : be
Traffic Direction : uplink
Class Status : active
MIR : 300000
CIR : 0
Maximum Latency : 10
Tolerable Jitter : 10
Traffic Priority : 0
Maximum Number Of Messages In Burst : 16
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 76

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 2
SFC Name : DL-Unlimited BE
Schedular Type : be
Traffic Direction : downlink
Class Status : active
MIR : 300000
CIR : 0
Maximum Latency : 10
Tolerable Jitter : 10
Traffic Priority : 0
Maximum Number Of Messages In Burst : 16
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 3
SFC Name : DL-L2 Broadcast BE
Schedular Type : be
Traffic Direction : downlink
Class Status : active
MIR : 300000
CIR : 0
Maximum Latency : 10
Tolerable Jitter : 10
Traffic Priority : 0
Maximum Number Of Messages In Burst : 16
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 4
SFC Name : UL-G711 20ms VoIP rtPS
Schedular Type : rtps
Traffic Direction : uplink
Class Status : active
MIR : 88
CIR : 88
Maximum Latency : 10
Tolerable Jitter : 10
Traffic Priority : 1
Maximum Number Of Messages In Burst : 16
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 5
SFC Name : DL-G711 20ms VoIP rtPS
Schedular Type : rtps
Traffic Direction : downlink
Class Status : active
MIR : 88
CIR : 88
Maximum Latency : 10
Tolerable Jitter : 10
Traffic Priority : 1
Maximum Number Of Messages In Burst : 16
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 6
SFC Name : unlimitedbe
Schedular Type : be
Traffic Direction : downlink
Class Status : active
MIR : 300000
CIR : 0
Maximum Latency : 10
Tolerable Jitter : 10
Traffic Priority : 1
Maximum Number Of Messages In Burst : 16
Entry Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 77

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.14.9 Peer List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#peer-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-peerlist)# rowadd 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
class-index Class Index Configuration
comment Comment Configuration
entry-status Table Entry status
entry-status-end Entry Status Configuration (Used for TBC)
mac-address Mac Address Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-peerlist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-peerlist)# rowadd 0 class-index 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-peerlist)# rowadd 0 comment string
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-peerlist)# rowadd 0 mac-address 10:22:33:44:55:67
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-peerlist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-peerlist)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos peer-list

// WORP QOS PEER TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Mac Address : 11:22:33:44:55:66
Class Index : 2
Comment : string
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 2
MAC Address : 10:22:33:44:55:67
Class Index : 2
Comment : string
Entry Status : enable

1.6.10.14.10 Pir Map List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# pir-map-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)# rowedit 1 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
dst-ip-index-list Specify destination ip index list with comma separator
dst-mac-index-list Specify destination mac index list with comma separator
dst-port-index-list Specify destination port index list with comma separator
src-ip-index-list Specify source ip index list with comma separator
src-mac-index-list Specify source mac index list with comma separator
src-port-index-list Specify source port index list with comma separator
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)# rowedit 1 dst-ip-index-list 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)# rowedit 1 dst-mac-index-list 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)# rowedit 1 dst-port-index-list 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)# rowedit 1 src-ip-index-list 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)# rowedit 1 src-mac-index-list 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)# rowedit 1 src-port-index-list 0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-pirmaplist)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos pir-map-list

// WORP QOS PIR MAP LIST CONFIGURATION//

INDEX 1
Rule Name : All
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 78

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 2
Rule Name : L2 Multicast
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 2
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 3
Rule Name : L2 Broadcast
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 3
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 4
Rule Name : Cisco VoIP UL
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 1
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 5
Rule Name : Vonage VoIP UL
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 2,3
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 6
Rule Name : Cisco VoIP DL
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 1

INDEX 7
Rule Name : Vonage VoIP DL
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 2,3

INDEX 8
Rule Name : TCP
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 9
Rule Name : UDP
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 10
Rule Name : PPPoE Control
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 79

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 11
Rule Name : PPPoE Data
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 12
Rule Name : IP
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 13
Rule Name : ARP
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 14
Rule Name : Expedited Forwarding
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 15
Rule Name : Streaming Video
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 16
Rule Name : 802.1p BE
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 17
Rule Name : 802.1p Voice
Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

INDEX 18

Rule Name : 802.1p Video

Source MAC Index List : 0
Destination MAC Index List : 0
Source IP Address Index List : 0
Destination IP Address Index List : 0
Source Port Index List : 0
Destination Port Index List : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 80

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.14.11 Pir IP List Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)# pir-ip-list
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-piriplist)# rowadd 0 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
comment Comment Configuration
entry-status Table Entry Status
entry-status-end Entry Status Configuration (Used for TBC)
ip-address Ip Address Configuration
subnet-mask Mask Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-piriplist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-piriplist)# rowadd 0 comment string
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-piriplist)# rowadd 0 ip-address 10.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-piriplist)# rowadd 0 subnet-mask 255.255.255.0
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-piriplist)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos-piriplist)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-worpqos)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show worp-qos pir-ip-list

// WORP QOS PIR IP TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1

IP Address : 0.0.0.0
SubNet Mask : 0.0.0.0
Comment : All
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 2

IP Address : 10.0.0.1
SubNet Mask : 255.255.255.0
Comment : string
Entry Status : enable

1.6.10.14.12 IGMP Configuration

: IGMP Snooping is applicable only in Bridge Mode.

To configure IGMP Snooping parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config)# igmp
T8000-00:00:00(config-igmp)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
forced-flood IGMP Forced Flood Configuration
igmp-status IGMP Snooping Global Status Configuration
member-aging-timer IGMP Member Aging Time Configuration
port-aging-timer IGMP Router Aging Time Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-igmp)# forced-flood 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-igmp)# igmp-status 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-igmp)# member-aging-timer 135
T8000-00:00:00(config-igmp)# port-aging-timer 260
T8000-00:00:00(config-igmp)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit

T8000-00:00:00# show igmp ?

Possible completions:
configuration Display IGMP Configuration
statistics Display IGMP Statistics
T8000-00:00:00# show igmp configuration

// IGMP CONFIGURATION //

Global Status : enable

Member Aging Timer : 135
Router Port Aging Timer : 260
Forced Flood : no

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 81

 Command Line Interface

T8000-00:00:00# show igmp statistics ?

Possible completions:
ethernet Display IGMP Ethernet Statistics
router-port-list Display IGMP Router Port List
wireless Display IGMP Wireless Statistics

T8000-00:00:00# show igmp statistics ethernet ethernet1

// IGMP Ethernet1 Statistics //

INDEX 1

Group IP : 239.255.255.250
Group MAC address : 01:00:5e:7f:ff:fa
Group Aging Time Elapsed : 0d-00h:00m:01s

T8000-00:00:00# show igmp statistics ethernet ethernet2

// IGMP Ethernet2 Statistics //

!! ***No Entries to Display*** !!

T8000-00:00:00# show igmp statistics wireless wireless1

// IGMP Wireless1 Statistics //

!! ***No Entries to Display*** !!

T8000-00:00:00# show igmp statistics router-port-list

// IGMP Router Port List //

INDEX 1

Router Port Number : 1

Router Aging Time Elapsed : 0d-00h:01m:39s

1.6.10.15 Management
To list all the available commands under Management, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)# management
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# ?
Possible completions:

access-ctrl Access Control Configuration

access-table Access Table Configuration
access-tbl-status To enable or disable the Management Access Table
eventlog Event Log Configuration
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
http Http Configuration
snmp SNMP Configuration
ssh SSH Configuration
syslog Syslog Configuration
system-information System Information Configuration
telnet Telnet Configuration
tftp TFTP Configuration
trap-host-table Trap Host Table Configuration
///NOTE: The symbols equal(=), Double Quotes("), Single Quotes('), Back Slash(\), Forward
Slash(/), Question Mark(?), Hyphen(-) and Blank Space are invalid for configuring Passwords
and Keys.///

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 82

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.15.1 Access Control

You can configure the following management services.

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# access-ctrl
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ctrl)# all-access-ctrl enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ctrl)# https-ctrl enable
Changes in https ctrl requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ctrl)# http-ctrl enable
Changes in http ctrl requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ctrl)# snmp-ctrl enable
Changes in snmp access ctrl requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ctrl)# ssh-ctrl enable
Changes in ssh ctrl Requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ctrl)# telnet-ctrl enable
Changes in telnet access ctrl requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ctrl)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00#

1.6.10.15.2 Access Table Status

To enable or disable the Management Access status, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# access-tbl-status enable

Changes in access table status requires reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit

T8000-00:00:00# show access-ctrl

// ACCESS CONTROL CONFIGURATION //
All Access Control : enable
Http Access Control : enable
Https Access Control : enable
Snmp Access Control : enable
Telnet Access Control : enable
SSH Access Control : enable
Mgmt Access Status : disable

// Management Access Table Configuration //

INDEX 1
Ip Address : 10.0.0.1
Status : enable

1.6.10.15.3 Access Table

In IPv4 mode, to configure Access Table, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# access-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
Changes in entry status requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# rowadd 0 ipaddress 10.0.0.1
Changes in ip address requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#
Changes in entry status requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00# show access-ctrl
// ACCESS CONTROL CONFIGURATION //
All Access Control : enable
Http Access Control : enable
Https Access Control : enable
Snmp Access Control : enable
Telnet Access Control : enable
SSH Access Control : enable
Mgmt Access Status : disable

// Management Access Table Configuration //

INDEX 1
Ip Address : 10.0.0.1
Status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 83

 Command Line Interface

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to configure Access Table, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# access-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
Changes in entry status requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# rowadd 0 ipaddress 2001:db8:1:10::2
Changes in ip address requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tbl)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#
Changes in entry status requires reboot
T8000-00:00:00# show access-ctrl
// ACCESS CONTROL CONFIGURATION //
All Access Control : enable
Http Access Control : enable
Https Access Control : enable
Snmp Access Control : enable
Telnet Access Control : enable
SSH Access Control : enable
Mgmt Access Status : disable

// Management Access Table Configuration //

INDEX 1
Ip Address : 10.0.0.1
Status : enable

INDEX 2
Ip Address : 2001:db8:1:10::2
Status : enable

1.6.10.15.4 HTTP
To configure HTTP parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00# configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)# management
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# http
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-http)# password public123
Changes in http password requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-http)# monitor-user-passwd public123
Changes in http password Requires Reboot...
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-http)# port 81
Changes in http port requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-http)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show http

// HTTP CONFIGURATION //

Admin Password : ******

Monitor Password : ******
Port : 81

: The symbols equal(=), Double Quotes("), Single Quotes('), Back Slash(\), Forward Slash(/), Question Mark(?), Hyphen(-)
and Blank Space are not allowed while configuring the password.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 84

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.15.5 Telnet
To configure Telnet parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00# configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)# management
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# telnet
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tel)# password admin
Changes in telnet password requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tel)# monitor-user-passwd public123
Changes in telnet password Requires Reboot...
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tel)#port 24
Changes in telnet port requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tel)#sessions 2
Changes in telnet sessions requires Reboot.
The sum of Telnet and SSH sessions cannot be more than 3.
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tel)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit

T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show telnet
// TELNET CONFIGURATION //
Admin Password : ******
Monitor Password : ******
Port : 24
Sessions : 2

: The symbols equal(=), Double Quotes("), Single Quotes('), Back Slash(\), Forward Slash(/), Question Mark(?), Hyphen(-)
and Blank Space are not allowed while configuring the password.

1.6.10.15.6 SSH
To configure SSH parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00# configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)# management
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# ssh
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ssh)# port 23
Changes in ssh port requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ssh)# sessions 1
Changes in ssh sessions requires Reboot
The sum of Telnet and SSH sessions cannot be more than 3.
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-ssh)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show ssh

// SSH CONFIGURATION //
SSH Port : 23
Sessions : 1

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 85

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.15.7 System Information

To view and configure System Information, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 # configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)#management
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# system-information
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sys-sysinfo)# ?

Possible completions:
email Email address of the contact person for the device
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
factory-reset To reset the device to factory settings
gps-altitude The elevation of an access point
gps-latitude GPS Latitude Configuration
gps-longitude GPS Longitude Configuration
location Location of the system
phone-number Phone Number of the contact person for a device
restore System Restore Configuration
system-name System Name Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# email [email protected]

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# system-name system
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# phone-number 1234567890
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# location systemlocation
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# gps-altitude 120
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# gps-latitude 37.3321
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# gps-longitude -121.8893
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# factory-reset yes
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show system-information

// SYSTEM INFORMATION CONFIGURATION //

System Description : MP-8100-BSU-v2.6.x

System Uptime : 0-02:10:17.15
System Name : system
Contact Mail : [email protected]
Phone Number : 1234567890
Location Name : systemlocation
Gps Longitude : -121.8893
Gps Latitude : 37.3321
Gps Altitude : 120

: Product Description differs based on the license file.

Device Factory Reset Procedure

To reset device to factory defaults, type the following command:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# factory-reset yes

: Setting factory-reset to yes or 1 will automatically reboot the device and the device will come up with default values.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 86

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.15.8 Convert QB to SU
To convert QB to Subscriber, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# sys-mgmt-command ?
Possible completions:
<none(1)/convertqbtosu(2)> To Make Device SU from QB
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-sysinfo)# sys-mgmt-command 2
Please Reboot the device......

1.6.10.15.9 TFTP
In IPv4 mode, to transfer files to or from the device using TFTP, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt)#tftp
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#server-ip 169.254.128.133
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#file-name image.sei
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#file-type image
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#operation-type none
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show tftp
// TFTP CONFIGURATION //
Server Ip : 169.254.128.133
File Name : image.sei
File Type : image
Operation Type : none
Operational Status : idle
Config Profile Exclude Parameter : 3

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to transfer files to or from the device using TFTP, type the following commands:

T8000-EF:11:1F(config-mgmt-tftp)# file-type ?
Possible completions:
<config(1)/image(2)/eventlog(3)/templog(4)/textConfig(5)/debuglog(6)/configProfile(7)/retri
eveUpgradeLicenseInfo(8)/loadUpgradeLicense(9)/retrieveUpgradeLicenses(10)>
Type of file that is being uploaded or downloaded
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt)#tftp
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#server-ip 2001:db8:1:10::2
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#file-name image.sei
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#file-type image
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#operation-type none
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt-tftp)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00 (config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show tftp
// TFTP CONFIGURATION //

Index 1
Server Ip : 2001:db8:1:10::2
File Name : image.sei
File Type : image
Operation Type : none
Operational Status : idle
Config Profile Exclude Parameter : 3

• Upgrade license is applicable only to MP-820-BSU-100, MP-820-SUA-50+, MP-820-SUA-100, MP-825-BS3-100,

MP-825-SUR-50+, MP-825-SUR-100, MP-835-CPE-10, MP-835-CPE-25, MP-835-CPE-50 and MP-835-CPE-100,
QB-825-LNK-50+ ,QB-835-EPR/LNK-25 and QB-835-EPR/LNK-50 devices.
• Retrieval of all the uploaded license files can also be done through SNMP.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 87

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.15.9.1 Configuration Profiles

To upload/download the Configuration Profiles, type following commands:
For Upload :

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# server-ip 169.254.128.112

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# file-name profilecfg.cfg
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# file-type 7
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# cfgprof-exclude-param ?

Possible completions:
cfgprof-exclude-param Parameters to be excluded from configuration profile.
Type:Bit field,Bit 0-System,Bit 1-IP,Bit 2-Ethernet,Bit 3-Wireless
NOTE:Combinations of bits will be allowed for excluding parameters.
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# cfgprof-exclude-param 5
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# cfgprof-create 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# operation-type 1

TFTP upload in progress.

Upload successful!

Calculation to configure cfgprof-exclude-param parameter: A decimal value should be configured for

exclude parameters.
Bit positions:
• 0 - System
• 1 - IP
• 2 - Ethernet
• 3 - Wireless
For example, to exclude system and Ethernet, 0th and 2nd bit positions should be 1
Binary value is 0101. Decimal value is 5,
Decimal value 5 should be configured to exclude system and Ethernet.
For Download:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# server-ip 169.254.128.112

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# file-name profilecfg.cfg
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# file-type 7
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# operation-type 2

TFTP download in progress.

Download successful!

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-tftp)# cfgprof-apply-and-reboot 1

Successful apply of configuration profile will automatically reboot this device!

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 88

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.15.10 Trap Host Table

In IPv4 mode, to configure the Trap Host table, type following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# trap-host-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
Changes in entry-status requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 ipaddress 169.254.128.133
Changes in ip requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 comment Default
Changes in comment requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 entry-status-end 4
Changes in entry-status requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show traphost
// TRAP HOST TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Ip Address : 169.254.128.133
Password : ******
Comment : Default
Entry Status : enable

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to configure the Trap Host table, type following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# trap-host-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 entry-status 4
Changes in entry-status requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 ipaddress 2001:db8:1:10::2
Changes in ip requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 comment Default
Changes in comment requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)# rowadd 0 entry-status-end 4
Changes in entry-status requires Reboot
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-trap)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show traphost
// TRAP HOST TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Ip Address : 169.254.128.133
Password : ******
Comment : Default
Entry Status : enable

INDEX 2
Ip Address : 2001:db8:1:10::2
Password : ******
Comment : Default
Entry Status : enable

: The symbols equal(=), Double Quotes("), Single Quotes('), Back Slash(\), Forward Slash(/), Question Mark(?), Hyphen(-)
and Blank Space are not allowed while configuring the password.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 89

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.15.11 Inventory Information

To view device’s Inventory information, type show inventory command:

T8000-00:00:00# show inventory

// SYSTEM INVENTORY MANAGEMENT //

Security Id: 202017100481831120002900380209083f480234
Daughter Card Availability: yes

INDEX 1

Serial Number : BUILD-360

Name : Wireless Card 1 -NIC (0x60)
Component Id : 2300
Component Variant: 1
Release Version : 1
Major Version : 0
Minor Version : 0

INDEX 3

Serial Number :
Name : Application Software Image
Component Id : 2103
Component Variant: 1
Release Version : 2
Major Version : 5
Minor Version : 0

INDEX 4

Serial Number : SN000000000045

Name : Hardware Inventory
Component Id : 2001
Component Variant: 1
Release Version : 1
Major Version : 3
Minor Version : 1

INDEX 5

Serial Number : -NA-

Name : BSP-Bootloader
Component Id : 2107
Component Variant: 1
Release Version : 1
Major Version : 3
Minor Version : 1

INDEX 6

Serial Number : -NA-

Name : Enterprise MIB
Component Id : 2200
Component Variant: 1
Release Version : 2
Major Version : 0
Minor Version : 0

INDEX 7

Serial Number : -NA-

Name : Config File
Component Id : 2201
Component Variant: 1
Release Version : 2
Major Version : 0
Minor Version : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 90

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 8

Serial Number : -NA-

Name : License File
Component Id : 2203
Component Variant: 2
Release Version : 2
Major Version : 0
Minor Version : 0

INDEX 9

Serial Number : -NA-

Name : Daughter Card
Component Id : 2011
Component Variant: 1
Release Version : 1
Major Version : 7
Minor Version : 8

1.6.10.15.12 Licensed Information

To view licensed information, type show licensed-feature command:

T8000-00:00:00# show licensed-feature

// LICENSED FEATURE CONFIGURATION //

Product Description = MP-8100-BSU-WD

Number of Radios = 1
Number of Ethernet Interfaces = 2
Radio 1 Allowed Frequency Band = 2.4 GHz, 4.9 GHz, 5 GHz
Maximum Output Bandwidth = 300 Mbps
Maximum Input Bandwidth = 300 Mbps
Maximum Aggregate Bandwidth = 600 Mbps
Product Family = Tsunami MP
Product Class = Outdoor
Allowed Operations Modes of Radio 1 = BSU, SU
Maximum SUs Allowed = 100
Mac Address of the Device is = 00:20:A6:11:22:31

1.6.10.15.13 SNMP Configuration

To configure SNMP parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00# configure
T8000-00:00:00(config)# management
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# snmp
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-snmp)# snmp-version snmpv3
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-snmp)# v3-auth-password public123
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-snmp)# v3-auth-protocol sha
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-snmp)# v3-priv-password public123
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-snmp)# v3-priv-protocol aes-128
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-snmp)# read-password public123
Changes in snmp read password requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# read-write-password public123
Changes in snmp read-write-password requires Reboot.
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit

T8000-00:00:00# show snmp

// SNMP V3 CONFIGURATION //

SNMP Version : snmpv3

V3 Security Level : authPriv
V3 Authentication Protocol : sha
V3 Authentication Password : ******
V3 Private Protocol : aes-128
V3 Private Password : ******
Snmp Read Password : ******
Snmp Read Write Password : ******

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 91

 Command Line Interface

:
• When SNMP v3 is configured, read-password and read-write-password are not configurable.
• While configuring passwords, special characters like question mark (?), double quote ("), single quote ('), back slash
(\) forward slash (/), equal (=), hyphen (-) and blank spaces are not valid.

1.6.10.15.14 Event Logs

To configure event log priority, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# eventlog
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-eventlog)# priority ?
Possible completions:
<emergency(1)/alert(2)/critical(3)/error(4)/warning(5)/notice(6)/info(7)/debug(
8)> Priority for the event log table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-eventlog)# priority 2
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-eventlog)# reset 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-eventlog)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show eventlog

// EVENTLOG CONFIGURATION //

Priority : alert
Log Reset : no

To display the event log messages, type the following command:

T8000-00:00:00# show eventlog-messages.
It displays the recent event log entries.
1.6.10.15.15 Syslogs Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)# syslog
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog)# priority emergency
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog)# status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog)# reset no

In IPv4 mode, to configure Syslog parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog)# host-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 ipaddress 10.0.0.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 port 80
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 comment firstrow
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status-end create
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show syslog

// SYSLOG CONFIGURATION //
Status : enable
Priority : emergency
Reset : no

// HOST TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Ip Address : 10.0.0.1
Port : 80
Comment : firstrow
Entry status : enable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 92

 Command Line Interface

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to configure Syslog parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog)# host-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status create
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 ipaddress 2001:db8:1:10::2
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 port 80
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 comment firstrow
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)# rowadd 0 entry-status-end create
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog-hosttbl)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt-syslog)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mgmt)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show syslog

// SYSLOG CONFIGURATION //
Status : enable
Priority : emergency
Reset : no

// HOST TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1
Ip Address : 2001:db8:1:10::2
Port : 80
Comment : firstrow
Entry status : enable

To display the syslog messages, type the following command:

T8000-00:00:00# show syslog-messages
It displays the recent syslog entries.

1.6.10.16 Monitor
To list all the available commands under Monitor, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config)#monitor
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# ?
Possible completions:
bsu-link-stats BSU Link Statistics
debuglog Debuglog
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
sflow sFlow Configuration
site-survey-tbl SiteSurvey Table Configuration
sntp SNTP Configuration
su-link-stats SU Link Statistics
temperature Temperature Configuration

1.6.10.16.1 sFlow®
To list all the available commands under sFlow®, type ?

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# sflow
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow)# ?
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
polling-table sFlow Counter Polling Table
receiver-table sFlow Receiver Table
sampling-table sFlow Sampling Table

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 93

 Command Line Interface

Receiver Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow)# receiver-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-recvr)# rowedit 1 timeout 100
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-recvr)# rowedit 1 max-datagram-size 300
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-recvr)# rowedit 1 address 169.254.128.1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-recvr)# rowedit 1 port 6345
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-recvr)# rowedit 1 owner test
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-recvr)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show sflow

// sFlow Configuration //

Version : 1.3;Proxim Wireless Corp.;v6.4

Address Type : ipv4
Agent Address : 127.0.0.1

// Receiver Table //

Ethernet 1

Owner : test
Time Out : 100
Max Datagram Size : 300
Address Type : ipv4
Address : 169.254.128.1
Port : 6345
Datagram Version : 5

Ethernet 2

Owner :
Time Out : 0
Max Datagram Size : 1400
Address Type : ipv4
Address : 0.0.0.0
Port : 6343
Datagram Version : 5

// Sampling Table //

Ethernet 1

Receiver Index : 0
Packet Sampling Rate : 0
Max Header Size : 128

Ethernet 2

Receiver Index : 0
Packet Sampling Rate : 0
Max Header Size : 128

// Counter Polling Table //

Ethernet 1

Receiver Index : 0
Interval : 0

Ethernet 2

Receiver Index : 0
Interval : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 94

 Command Line Interface

Sampling Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow)# sampling-table

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-samp)# rowedit 1 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
max-header-size sFlow Sampling Header Size
packet-samp-rate sFlow Packet Sampling Rate
receiver-indx sFlow Sampling Receiver
///NOTE : 1.Receiver Index and Max Header Size should be configured before configuring
Packet Sampling Rate.
2.Receiver Index for Sampling and Counter Polling tables should be same for each ethernet.
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-samp)# rowedit 1 receiver-indx 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-samp)# rowedit 1 max-header-size 128
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-samp)# rowedit 1 packet-samp-rate 100
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-samp)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show sflow

// sFlow Configuration //

Version : 1.3;Proxim Wireless Corp.;v6.4

Address Type : ipv4
Agent Address : 127.0.0.1

// Receiver Table //

Ethernet 1

Owner : test
Time Out : 47
Max Datagram Size : 300
Address Type : ipv4
Address : 169.254.128.1
Port : 6345
Datagram Version : 5

Ethernet 2

Owner :
Time Out : 0
Max Datagram Size : 1400
Address Type : ipv4
Address : 0.0.0.0
Port : 6343
Datagram Version : 5

// Sampling Table //

Ethernet 1

Receiver Index : 1
Packet Sampling Rate : 100
Max Header Size : 128

Ethernet 2

Receiver Index : 0
Packet Sampling Rate : 0
Max Header Size : 128

// Counter Polling Table //

Ethernet 1

Receiver Index : 0
Interval : 0

Ethernet 2

Receiver Index : 0
Interval : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 95

 Command Line Interface

Counter Polling Table

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow)# polling-table
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-poll)# rowedit 1 ?
Possible completions:
<[Enter]> Execute this command
interval sFlow Polling Interval
receiver-indx sFlow Polling Receiver
///NOTE : Receiver Index for Sampling and Counter Polling tables should be same for each
ethernet.

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-poll)# rowedit 1 receiver-indx 1

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-poll)# rowedit 1 interval 10
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow-poll)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sflow)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show sflow

// sFlow Configuration //

Version : 1.3;Proxim Wireless Corp.;v6.4

Address Type : ipv4
Agent Address : 127.0.0.1

// Receiver Table //

Ethernet 1

Owner : test
Time Out : 8
Max Datagram Size : 1400
Address Type : ipv4
Address : 169.254.128.1
Port : 6343
Datagram Version : 5

Ethernet 2

Owner :
Time Out : 0
Max Datagram Size : 1400
Address Type : ipv4
Address : 0.0.0.0
Port : 6343
Datagram Version : 5

// Sampling Table //

Ethernet 1

Receiver Index : 1
Packet Sampling Rate : 10
Max Header Size : 129

Ethernet 2

Receiver Index : 0
Packet Sampling Rate : 0
Max Header Size : 128

// Counter Polling Table //

Ethernet 1

Receiver Index : 1
Interval : 10

Ethernet 2

Receiver Index : 0
Interval : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 96

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.16.2 Debug Log

To retrieve debug log, enable the DFS/DDRS levels as below:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# debuglog
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-debuglog)# enable ddrs_level_1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-debuglog)# disable ddrs_level_2
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-debuglog)# clear no
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-debuglog)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show debuglog-config

// DEBUGLOG FEATURES //

DDRS Level 1 : Enable

DDRS Level 2 : Disable
DDRS Level 3 : Disable

// DEBUGLOG FILE STATUS //

Log File Status : 9 % (1852/ 20480 )

1.6.10.16.3 Simple Network Time Protocol (SNTP)

In IPv4 mode, to configure SNTP Parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# sntp
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# sntp-status 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# primary-server-name 202.71.136.67
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# secondary-server-name 169.254.128.96
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# time-zone 28
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# day-light-savingtime 3
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# current-date-time ?

Possible completions:
<word(mm:dd:yyyy:hh:mm:ss)> Date and Time Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# current-date-time 09:01:2012:02:33:30

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# re-sync-interval 11
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show sntp

// SNTP CONFIGURATION //

Status : disable
Primary Server Name : 202.71.136.67
Secondary Server Name : 169.254.128.96
Time Zone : dateline
Daylight Saving Time : india
Current Time : 01-01-2000 03:50:38
Re-Sync Interval : 11 minutes
SNTP Sync Status : 1
Manual Time Configuration : 09:01:2012:02:33:30

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 97

 Command Line Interface

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to configure SNTP Parameters, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# sntp
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# sntp-status 1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# primary-server-name 2001:db8:1:10::2
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# secondary-server-name 2001:db8:1:10::1
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# time-zone 28
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# day-light-savingtime 3
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# current-date-time ?

Possible completions:
<word(mm:dd:yyyy:hh:mm:ss)> Date and Time Configuration

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# current-date-time 09:01:2012:02:33:30

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# re-sync-interval 11
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sntp)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show sntp

// SNTP CONFIGURATION //

Status : disable
Primary Server Name : 2001:db8:1:10::2
Secondary Server Name : 2001:db8:1:10::1
Time Zone : dateline
Daylight Saving Time : india
Current Time : 01-01-2000 03:50:38
Re-Sync Interval : 11 minutes
SNTP Sync Status : 1
Manual Time Configuration : 09:01:2012:02:33:30

1.6.10.16.4 Temperature Log

To configure temperature logs, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# temperature
Possible completions:
exit Exits Back to Global Configure Mode
high-threshold High Temperature Threshold
interval Temperature Log Interval Configuration
low-threshold Low temperature Threshold
reset Reset Configuration
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-temp)# high-threshold 60
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-temp)# interval 50
Setting Logging Interval to 0 will disable Temperature Log
Logging Interval can take values 0,1 and multiples of 5 up to 60
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-temp)# low-threshold -20
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-temp)# reset yes
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-temp)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)#exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)#exit
T8000-00:00:00# show templog
// TEMPERATURE CONFIGURATION //

Current Unit Temperature : 40

High Threshold : 60
Low Threshold : -20
Logging Interval : 50
Log Reset : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 98

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.16.5 SNR Information

To view SNR information, type show snr-table command:

T8000-00:00:00# show snr-table

// Wireless SNR Information //

Interface 1

INDEX 1
MCS Index : MCS0
Modulation : BPSK(1/2)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 6.5 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 6 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 86 dB

INDEX 2
MCS Index : MCS1
Modulation : QPSK(1/2)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 13.0 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 9 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 86 dB

INDEX 3
MCS Index : MCS2
Modulation : QPSK(3/4)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 19.5 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 11 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 84 dB

INDEX 4
MCS Index : MCS3
Modulation : 16QAM(1/2)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 26.0 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 14 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 82 dB

INDEX 5
MCS Index : MCS4
Modulation : 16QAM(3/4)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 39.0 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 18 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 80 dB

INDEX 6
MCS Index : MCS5
Modulation : 64QAM(2/3)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 52.0 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 22 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 78 dB

INDEX 7
MCS Index : MCS6
Modulation : 64QAM(3/4)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 58.5 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 25 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 77 dB

INDEX 8
MCS Index : MCS7
Modulation : 64QAM(5/6)
Number of Streams : Single
Data Rate : 65.0 Mbps
Minimum Required SNR : 28 dB
Maximum Optimal SNR : 77 dB

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 99

 Command Line Interface

1.6.10.17 Active VLAN

: This parameter is applicable only to a device in Subscriber mode.

T8000-00:00:00# show active-vlan

// ACTIVE VLAN CONFIGURATION //

Active Vlan Config : local

Vlan Status : disable
MgmtVlan Id : -1
MgmtVlan Priority : 0
Double Vlan (Q in Q) Status : disable
Service Vlan TPID : x8100
Service Vlan ID : -1
Service Vlan Priority : 0

// Active VLAN Ethernet Configuration //

INDEX 1

Vlan Mode : access

Access Vlan ID : -1
Access Vlan Priority : 0
Allow Untagged Management Access : enable
Allow Untagged Frames : disable
Port Vlan ID : -1
Port Vlan Priority : 0

# show active- command indicates if the configuration is done locally or from a Remote Server (RADIUS).
• If Active Config = remote then the configuration is from a RADIUS Server. In this case, the Vlan Status displays
enabled indicating the device has properly taken the configuration from the RADIUS Server.
• If Active Config = local then the configuration is done locally. In this case, the Vlan Status will be displayed as per
VLAN configuration in VLAN.

1.6.10.17.1 Active VLAN Trunk

T8000-00:00:00# show active-vlan-trunk

// ACTIVE VLAN TRUNK TABLE CONFIGURATION //

INDEX 1.1
Trunk ID : 12
Entry Status : enable

1.6.11 Statistics Information

To view statistics information, type show statistics ? command:

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics ?

Possible completions:
black-list Wireless Interface BlackList Information
icmp ICMP Statistics Information
interface Interface Statistics Information
iparp IP Arp Statistics Information
radius-authentication Radius Authentication Statistics Information
sitesurvey-info-tbl Display the SiteSurvey Operation Table Information
wireless-statistics Display the Wireless Statistics Information
worp-bsu BSU Statistics Information
worp-qos Display the worp qos statistics
worp-sitesurvey Site Survey Statistics Information
worp-sus Worp Station Statistics Information
worp-statistics Worp Statistics Information

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 100

 Command Line Interface

1.6.11.1 Blacklist Statistics

To view Blacklist statistics, type show black-list command:

T8000-00:00:00>enable
T8000-00:00:00# show statistics black-list

// WIRELESS INTREFACE BLACK LIST INFORMATION //

INDEX 1.1
Channel Number : 100
Reason : Local RADAR
Time Elapsed : 0 Minutes

1.6.11.2 ICMP Statistics

To view ICMP Statistics, type show statistics icmp command:

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics icmp

// ICMP Configuration //
In Messages : 19
In Errors : 0
In Destinationunreachs : 19
In TimeExcds : 0
In ParmProbs : 0
In SrcQuenchs : 0
In ReDirects : 0
In Echos : 0
In Echo Reps : 0
In TimeStamps : 0
In TimestamReps : 0
In AddrMasks : 0
In AddrMaskReps : 0
Out Msgs : 19
Out Errors : 0
Out DestUnreachs : 19
Out TimeExcds : 0
Out ParmProbs : 0
Out SrcQuenchs : 0
Out Redirects : 0
Out Echos : 0
Out EchoReps : 0
Out TimeStamps : 0
Out TimestampReps : 0
Out AddrMasks : 0
Out AddrMaskReps : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 101

 Command Line Interface

1.6.11.3 Interface Statistics

To view Interface Statistics, type show statistics interface command:

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics interface

// INTERFACE STATISTICS //
Interface Number : 5

INDEX 2
Description : eth0
MTU : 1500
MAC Address : 00:20:a6:11:22:32
Operational Status : up
In Octets : 239925
In Unicast : 2820
In Non Unicast : 13
In Errors : 0
Out Octets : 545879
Out Unicast Packets : 3679
Out Discards : 0
Out Errors : 0

INDEX 3
Description : eth1
MTU : 1500
MAC Address : 00:20:a6:11:22:35
Operational Status : down
In Octets : 0
In Unicast : 0
In Non Unicast : 0
In Errors : 0
Out Octets : 0
Out Unicast Packets : 0
Out Discards : 0
Out Errors : 0

INDEX 4
Description : br0
MTU : 1500
MAC Address : 00:20:a6:11:22:31
Operational Status : up
In Octets : 157941
In Unicast : 1124
In Non Unicast : 42
In Errors : 0
Out Octets : 836587
Out Unicast Packets : 1451
Out Discards : 0
Out Errors : 0

INDEX 7
Description : ath0
MTU : 3808
MAC Address : 00:02:6f:5b:6b:30
Operational Status : up
In Octets : 5912
In Unicast : 0
In Non Unicast : 57
In Errors : 0
Out Octets : 0
Out Unicast Packets : 57
Out Discards : 0
Out Errors : 0

INDEX 37
Description : ppp0
MTU : 1500
Operational Status : down
In Octets : 0
In Unicast : 0
In Non Unicast : 0
In Errors : 0
Out Octets : 0
Out Unicast Packets : 0
Out Discards : 0
Out Errors : 0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 102

 Command Line Interface

INDEX 39
Description : tunn0
MTU : 1480
Operational Status : up
In Octets : 0
In Unicast : 0
In Non Unicast : 0
In Errors : 0
Out Octets : 0
Out Unicast Packets : 0
Out Discards : 0
Out Errors : 0

1.6.11.4 IP ARP Statistics

To view IP ARP Statistics, type show statistics iparp command:

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics iparp

// IP ARP STATISTICS //
INDEX 3

MAC address : 00:11:11:e0:98:17

Net Address : 192.168.2.201
Media Type : dynamic

1.6.11.5 Neighbour Table

To view Neighbour table, type show network neigh-tbl command:

T8000-00:00:00# show network neigh-tbl

2001:db8:1:10::1 dev br0 00:19:5b:6b:5c:6c router STALE

1.6.11.6 DNS Addresses

In IPv4 mode, to view available DNS Addresses, type show network dns-addresses command:

T8000-00:00:00# show network dns-addresses

# Max 3 DNS Server IPs will be effective
nameserver 169.254.128.9
nameserver 169.254.128.10

In IPv4 and IPv6 mode, to view available DNS Addresses, type show network dns-addresses com-
mand:

T8000-00:00:00# show network dns-addresses

# Max 3 DNS Server IPs will be effective
nameserver 2001::20
nameserver 169.254.128.10

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 103

 Command Line Interface

1.6.11.7 Wireless Statistics

To view Wireless Statistics, type show statistics wireless-statistics command:

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics wireless-statistics

// WIRELESS STATISTICS //
INDEX 1
Tx Packets : 89771
Tx Bytes : 6969048
Rx Packets : 77816
Rx Bytes : 6295265
Rx Decrypt Errors : 0
CRC Errors : 331
PHY Errors : 45612
A1 Ctl SNR : 5
A2 Ctl SNR : 0
A3 Ctl SNR : 40
A1 Ext SNR : 0
A2 Ext SNR : 0
A3 Ext SNR : 0
Retunes : 5
Max Tx Power :17.00 dBm

1.6.11.8 WORP Statistics

To view WORP Statistics, type show statistics worp-statistics command:

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics worp-statistics

// WORP STATISTICS //

INDEX 1

Interface Type : BSU

WORP Protocol Version : 11

WORP Data Messages

Poll Data : 19
Poll No Data : 92453
Reply Data : 80
Reply More Data : 0
Reply No Data : 70029
Poll No Replies : 22517
Data Transmission Statistics

Send Success : 4
Send Retries : 2
Send Failure : 3
Receive Success : 80
Receive Retries : 0
Receive Failure : 0
Registration Details

Remote Partners : 1
Announcements : 3145
Request For Services : 2
Registration Requests : 3
Registration Rejects : 0
Authentication Requests : 3
Authentication Confirms : 4
Registration Attempts : 1
Registration Incompletes : 0
Registration Timeouts : 0
Registration Last Reason : none

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 104

 Command Line Interface

Advanced Statistics

Announce Tx Rate : 26.00 Mbps

Announce Data Stream : single
Announce TPC : 0.00 dBm
Announce EIRP : 17.00 dBm
Announce Power : 17.00 dBm
Announce Tx Chain Mask : five
Broadcast Tx Rate : 26.00 Mbps
Broadcast Data Stream : single
Broadcast TPC : 0.00 dBm
Broadcast EIRP : 17.00 dBm
Broadcast Power : 17.00 dBm
Broadcast Tx Chain Mask : five

1.6.11.9 BSU/End Point A Link Statistics

: BSU Link Statistics is applicable only to a Subscriber, and End Point A Link Statistics is applicable only to an End Point B
device.

To disconnect BSU/End Point A from Subscriber/End Point B respectively, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# bsu-link-stats
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-bsustats)# interface 1 rowedit 1 bsu-disconnect ?
Possible completions:
<Enter Particular Port value to disconnect BSU
Use 'show statistics worp-bsu' command for Port value> BSU Link Disconnect

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-bsustats)# interface 1 rowedit 1 bsu-disconnect 1

To view the statistics of a BSU device, type show statistics worp-bsu command, and to view the statistics
of an End Point A device, type show statistics worp-endpointa command.

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics worp-bsu

// BSU STATISTICS //

INDEX 1.1
BSU Name : BSU
MAC Address : 00:02:6f:5b:6b:30
WORP Protocol Version : 11
Bridge Port : 3
WORP Port : 0
Local Tx Rate : 78000 Kbps
Remote Tx Rate : 130000 Kbps
Local Signal A1 : -63 dBm
Local Signal A2 : 0 dBm
Local Signal A3 : -59 dBm
Local Noise A1 : -99 dBm
Local Noise A2 : 0 dBm
Local Noise A3 : -97 dBm
Local SNR A1 : 36 dB
Local SNR A2 : 0 dB
Local SNR A3 : 38 dB
Remote Signal A1 : -70 dBm
Remote Signal A2 : 0 dBm
Remote Signal A3 : -70 dBm
Remote Noise A1 : -101 dBm
Remote Noise A2 : 0 dBm
Remote Noise A3 : -98 dBm
Remote SNR A1 : 31 dB
Remote SNR A2 : 0 dB
Remote SNR A3 : 28 dB
Current TPC : 0
Current EIRP : 12

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 105

 Command Line Interface

Current Power : 12
Maximum Number of SUs Allowed : 100
Number of SUs Registered : 1
Channel : 160
Data Rate (Kbps) : 6500,13000,19500,26000,39000,52000,5850
0,65000,13000,26000,39000,52000,78000,104000,117000,130000
Minimum Required SNR (dB) : 6,9,11,14,18,22,25,28,9,12,14,16,20,26,
29,30
Maximum Optimal SNR (dB) : 86,86,84,82,80,78,77,77,86,84,82,80,78,
78,77,76
Operational Mode : highThroughput
Channel Bandwidth : 20 MHz
Local Guard Interval : fullgi-800nsec
Remote Guard Interval : fullgi-800nsec
Link Profile Index : 1
QoS Class Index : 1

1.6.11.10 SU/End Point B Link Statistics

: SU Link Statistics is applicable only to a Base Station, and End Point B Link Statistics is applicable only to a End Point A
device.

To disconnect Subscriber/End Point B to a BSU/End Point A respectively, type the following commands:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# su-link-stats
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sustats)# rowedit 1 su-disconnect ?
Possible completions:
<Enter Particular Port value to disconnect SU
Use 'show statistics worp-sus' command for Port value> SU Link Disconnect

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sustats)# rowedit 1 su-disconnect 1

To view the statistics of a Subscriber device, type show statistics worp-su command, and to view the sta-
tistics of an End Point B device, type show statistics worp-endpointb command.

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics worp-sus

// WORP SUs STATISTICS //

INDEX 1

SU Name : SU
MAC Address : 00:21:86:51:e5:0d
WORP Protocol Version : 11
Bridge Port : 3
Port : 0
Request For Services : 33948
Poll Data : 4004359
Poll No Data : 4003368
Reply Data : 3798271
Reply No Data : 3797092
Send Success : 673
Send Retries : 51
Send Failure : 48
Receive Success : 1179
Receive Retries : 0
Receive Failure : 0
Poll No Replies : 206047
Local Tx Rate : 52000 Kbps
Remote Tx Rate : 117000 Kbps
Local Signal A1 : -70 dBm
Local Signal A2 : 0 dBm
Local Signal A3 : -64 dBm
Local Noise A1 : -101 dBm
Local Noise A2 : 0 dBm

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 106

 Command Line Interface

Local Noise A3 : -101 dBm

Local SNR A1 : 31 dB
Local SNR A2 : 0 dB
Local SNR A3 : 37 dB
Remote Signal A1 : -55 dBm
Remote Signal A2 : 0 dBm
Remote Signal A3 : -54 dBm
Remote Noise A1 : -99 dBm
Remote Noise A2 : 0 dBm
Remote Noise A3 : -97 dBm
Remote SNR A1 : 44 dB
Remote SNR A2 : 0 dB
Remote SNR A3 : 43 dB
Current TPC : 0
Current EIRP : 17
Current Power : 17
Data Rate (Kbps) : 6500,13000,19500,26000,39000,52000,58500,65000,
13000,26000,39000,52000,78000,104000,117000,130000
Minimum Required SNR (dB) : 6,9,11,14,18,22,25,28,9,12,14,16,20,26,29,30
Maximum Optimal SNR (dB) : 86,86,84,82,80,78,77,77,86,84,82,80,78,78,77,76
Operational Mode : highThroughput
Channel Bandwidth : 20 MHz
Local Guard Interval : fullgi-800nsec
Remote Guard Interval : fullgi-800nsec
Link Profile Index : 1
QoS Class Index : 1
DCS ReTx Percentage : 0

1.6.11.11 WORP QoS Information

: Applicable only to a Base Station or a device in End Point A mode.

To view QoS statistics, type show statistics worp-qos command:

T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# site-survey-tbl
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sitesurvey)# rowedit 1 status enable
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon-sitesurvey)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config-mon)# exit
T8000-00:00:00(config)# exit
T8000-00:00:00# show statistics sitesurvey-info-tbl

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics worp-qos

// WORP QOS STATISTICS //
INDEX 1

Provisioned UpLink CIR : 0 Kbps

Provisioned DownLink CIR : 0 Kbps
Provisioned UpLink MIR : 0 Kbps
Provisioned DownLink MIR : 0 Kbps
Active UpLink CIR : 0 Kbps
Active DownLink CIR : 0 Kbps
Active UpLink MIR : 0 Kbps
Active DownLink MIR : 0 Kbps
UpLink BandWidth : 0 Kbps
DownLink BandWidth : 0 Kbps

1.6.11.12 WORP Site Survey Statistics

: Applicable only in Subscriber mode.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 107

 Command Line Interface

To view and configure WORP Site Survey information, type the following commands:

// SITESURVEY OPERATION STATISTICS //

INDEX 1
Operation Name : ath0
Operation Status : enable

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics worp-sitesurvey

// SITE SURVEY STATISTICS //

INDEX 1.1
Base Name : BSU
MAC Address : 00:03:7f:ca:ff:4b
WORP Protocol Version : 11
Max SUs Allowed : 250
SUs Registered : 1
Channel Number : 160
Channel Bandwidth : 20 MHz
Rx Rate : 65000 Kbps
Local Signal A1 : -71 dBm
Local Signal A2 : 0 dBm
Local Signal A3 : -42 dBm
Local Noise A1 : -103 dBm
Local Noise A2 : 0 dBm
Local Noise A3 : -101 dBm
Local SNR A1 : 32 dB
Local SNR A2 : 0 dB
Local SNR A3 : 59 dB
Registration Status : Registered

1.6.11.13 RADIUS Client Authentication Information

: RADIUS is applicable only to a Base Station or a device in End Point A mode.

To view RADIUS Client Authentication information, type show statistics radius-authentication command:

T8000-00:00:00# show statistics radius-authentication

// RADIUS CLIENT AUTHENTICATION STATISTICS //
INDEX 0.1
Round Trip Time : 0-00:0000:00
Requests : 1
Retransmissions : 0
Access Rejects : 0
Access Challenges : 0
Responses : 0
Malformed Responses : 0
Bad Authenticators : 0
Timeouts : 0
Unknown Types : 0
Packet Dropped : 0

1.6.12 IP Route Table

In IPv4 Mode, to view IP Route information, type show ip-routes command:

T8000-00:00:00# show ip-routes

###########################
IPv4 Routes
###########################
Kernel IP routing table
Destination Gateway Genmask Flags Metric Ref Use Iface
169.254.128.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.0 U 0 0 0 br0
0.0.0.0 169.254.128.132 0.0.0.0 UG 0 0 0 br0

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 108

 Command Line Interface

In IPv4 and IPv6 Mode, to view IP Route information, type show ip-routes command:

T8000-00:00:00# show ip-routes

###########################
IPv4 Routes
###########################
Kernel IP routing table
Destination Gateway Genmask Flags Metric Ref Use Iface
169.254.128.0 0.0.0.0 255.255.255.0 U 0 0 0 br0
0.0.0.0 169.254.128.132 0.0.0.0 UG 0 0 0 br0

###########################
IPv6 Routes
###########################
fe80::/64 dev eth0 metric 256 expires 21334062sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
fe80::/64 dev br0 metric 256 expires 21334065sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
fe80::/64 dev eth1 metric 256 expires 21334065sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
fe80::/64 dev wifi0 metric 256 expires 21334075sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
fe80::/64 dev ath0 metric 256 expires 21334075sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
ff00::/8 dev eth0 metric 256 expires 21334062sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
ff00::/8 dev br0 metric 256 expires 21334065sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
ff00::/8 dev eth1 metric 256 expires 21334065sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
ff00::/8 dev wifi0 metric 256 expires 21334075sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0
ff00::/8 dev ath0 metric 256 expires 21334075sec mtu 1500 advmss 1440 hoplimit 0

1.6.13 System Log and Event Log Messages

To view system logs, type show syslog-messages command, and to view event logs, type show event-
log-messages command.

T8000-00:00:00# show syslog-messages

Jan 1 00:00:54 System Name syslog.info syslogd started: BusyBox 1.10.0

Jan 1 00:03:04 System Name user.crit monitord: Took Backup of current configuration

T8000-00:00:00# show eventlog-messages

00d:00h:00m:21s-->Alert Msg:Device initialized with Firmware Version 1.0.0 B206262 Timestamp

26-Jun-2009 (IST) 11:51:45 AM
00d:00h:00m:23s-->Alert Msg:Device is in Bridge Mode
00d:00h:00m:52s-->Alert Msg:System Initialization Successful
00d:00h:03m:05s-->Critical Msg:Took Backup of current configuration

Event Logs:
The maximum size of the event log file is 65 KB. If the file size exceeds 65 KB, then all the log messages are
moved to a backup file and only the recent 100 lines are displayed in the log file. When the size of the log
file exceeds again then it overwrites the backup file. Backup files can be retrieved by using Retrieve com-
mand.
The event log messages that are cleared are moved to the backup file leaving the log file empty. An event
is generated on clearing the event log messages.
To clear the logs, refer Clear.
Syslog
The maximum size of the syslog file is 512 KB. If the file size exceeds 512 KB, then all the syslog messages
are moved to a backup file and only the recent 100 lines are displayed in the log file. When the size of the
log file exceeds again then it overwrites the backup file.
The syslog messages that are cleared are not moved to a backup file. An event is generated on clearing the
syslog messages.The backup files are deleted on device reboot.
To clear the logs, refer Clear.
Backup files can be retrieved by using Retrieve command.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 109

 Command Line Interface

1.6.14 Learn Table

To view learn table, type show learn-table command:

T8000-00:00:00# show learn-table

port no mac addr is local? ageing timer

1 00:07:e9:0c:42:df no 0.07
3 00:1a:6b:0b:ed:bf yes 0.00
1 00:20:a6:00:00:11 yes 0.00
2 00:20:a6:00:00:12 yes 0.00

1.6.15 RIP Database

To view RIP Database information, type show rip-database command:

T8000-00:00:00# show rip-database

This command displays the rip database information

RIP DATABASE
_____________________________________________________________________________
Codes: R - RIP, C - connected, S - Static, O - OSPF, B - BGP
Sub-codes:
(n) - normal, (s) - static, (d) - default, (r) - redistribute,
(i) - interface

_____________________________________________________________________________
Network Next Hop Metric From Tag Time
_____________________________________________________________________________

1.6.16 DHCP Server Database

To view DHCP Server Database information, type show dhcp-database command:

T8000-00:00:00# show dhcp-database

lease 192.168.9.100 {
starts 0 2000/01/02 23:41:07;
ends 1 2000/01/03 23:41:07;
cltt 0 2000/01/02 23:41:07;
binding state active;
next binding state free;
hardware ethernet 00:20:a6:0f:08:0a;
uid "\001\000 \246\017\010\012";
}
lease 192.168.9.102 {
starts 0 2000/01/02 23:47:08;
ends 1 2000/01/03 23:47:08;
cltt 0 2000/01/02 23:47:08;
binding state active;
next binding state free;
hardware ethernet 00:20:a6:d3:93:20;
uid "\001\000 \246\323\223 ";
}
lease 192.168.9.101 {
starts 1 2000/01/03 00:43:57;
ends 2 2000/01/04 00:43:57;
cltt 1 2000/01/03 00:43:57;
binding state active;
next binding state free;
hardware ethernet 00:20:a6:01:04:07;
uid "\001\000 \246\001\004\007";
}

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 110

MIB Browser for SNMP Interface 2
This chapter contains information on the following:
• Introduction
— MIB Browser
• Using MIB Browser
— Perquisites - SNMP Configuration
— Viewing MIB Objects
— Configuring MIB Objects
— Apply Changes to the Flash Memory

2.1 Introduction
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an application-layer protocol designed to facilitate the exchange of
management information between the network devices. It is a part of the TCP/IP protocol and is most commonly used by the
Network Administrators.
SNMP MIB (Management Information Base) is a collection of various network objects that can be accessed by using a
network-management protocol such as SNMP. MIB supports two types of network objects:
• Scalar Object: Scalar object is a single object instance.
• Tabular Object: Tabular object is a multiple object instance that is grouped in MIB table.
SNMP is a client-server network management architecture. A server requests information from a client’s MIB by using few
defined Object Identifiers (OIDs).

2.1.1 MIB Browser

MIB Browser is used to view the hierarchy of SNMP - MIB variables in the form of a tree and it also provides additional
information about each node. With MIB Browser, you can load (compile) MIB files, view and manipulate data that is available
in an SNMP agent.

2.2 Using MIB Browser

This section uses NuDesign Pro 8.2 MIB browser as an example to explain the working of a MIB Browser. If using a different
MIB Browser, please refer to the documentation that comes along with it.

2.2.1 Perquisites - SNMP Configuration

You can access SNMP agent through NuDesign Pro 8.2 MIB browser by using SNMP versions as
• SNMP V1-V2c, or
• SNMP V3

2.2.1.1 SNMP V1-V2c

To access the SNMP V1-V2c agent through MIB browser, do the following:
• Select SNMP version as V2c.
• Provide device’s IP address in the Dest IP Address box. The default IP address of the device is 169.254.128.132.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 112

 MIB Browser for SNMP Interface

• Provide the Port Number. By default the port number is set to 161.
• Provide the Read Community Password. By default, the password is public.
• Provide the Read/Write Community Password. By default, the password is public.

: To receive traps, MgmtSnmpTrapHostTablePassword should be same as MgmtSNMPReadPassword.

Figure 2-1 MIB Browser

: The MIB-II interface statistics in the device are updated for every 2 seconds. Hence, it is recommended to configure
minimum polling period to a value greater than or equal to 2 seconds for MIB-II.

2.2.1.2 SNMPV3
To access the SNMPV3 agent through MIB browser, do the following
1. In the MIB browser, click Tools > Options. The Options screen appears. Navigate to V3 USM Users to view USM
User table.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 113

 MIB Browser for SNMP Interface

Figure 2-2 V3 USM Users

In the Options window, you can delete or change V3 USM Users. To communicate with a V3 agent, you must have a
correct USM User entry for the agent and you must specify the USM User name in the session configuration
parameters when communicating with that agent.
2. To add a new user, click Add. To edit an existing user, click Edit. The USM User Entry window is displayed.

Figure 2-3 Add/Edit USM User Entry

3. Provide a name for the user. Please ensure to configure the same name on the SNMP agent.
4. Provide an Engine ID by typing a new Engine ID or get the Engine ID by clicking Find Id.
5. From the Authentication Protocol and Privacy Protocol drop-down menu, select either MD5 or SHA for Authentication
and DES or AES-128 for Privacy. If any of these are selected, provide a password for the protocols.
6. Click OK to proceed.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 114

 MIB Browser for SNMP Interface

Add a New Agent to the SNMP Agents List

To add a new agent to the SNMP agents list:
1. Click Edit > SNMP Agents. The SNMP Agents window appears:.

Figure 2-4 SNMP Agents Window

2. Click Add. The Configuration screen appears:

Figure 2-5 Add Agent - Configuration Window

3. Provide the SNMP Version, Dest IP Address, USM user and Engine ID.
4. Click OK to complete the configuration.

: For SNMP V3 access configuration, the user name and password should be same for both an agent and the manager.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 115

 MIB Browser for SNMP Interface

2.2.2 Viewing MIB Objects

To view the MIB objects, do the following:
1. Load the MIB file by navigating to Load MIB option or navigate to File > Load MIB (Ctrl+l). Browse the MIB file and
click Open.

: Ensure to unload any other Proxim-MIB files, before loading the latest MIB file onto the MIB Browser.

2. Navigate to Proxim under the private node.

• To view all the objects, right-click and select Walk. This will display all the default and configured objects.
• To view a particular object, select a particular object, right-click and click Get. This will display the selected
configured object.
• To view table entries, select the object, right-click and click Get Table. This displays the Table List.

Figure 2-6 Viewing MIB Objects

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 116

 MIB Browser for SNMP Interface

2.2.3 Configuring MIB Objects

2.2.3.1 Configure Scalar Objects

1. Select the object, right-click and click Set. This will display the existing configured values.
2. To make changes to the existing value, double-click the object, select the desired values and click OK.
3. Click Execute to store the changes in the temporary buffer.

2.2.3.2 Configure Tabular Objects

1. Select the table object from the menu, right-click and click Create Row.
2. Add an index for the new table entry.

: Adding a “0” index will automatically create the next available index.

3. On creating a new index, a Set window appears with the newly created entry status.
4. Drag the remaining table entries to the Set window.
5. Double-click on each table entry in the Set window, select the desired values and click OK.
6. Click Execute to store the changes in the temporary buffer.

: You can either configure each entry of the table or update the entire table as a single entry.

2.2.4 Apply Changes to the Flash Memory

1. Navigate to deviceMgmt > SysMgmtCfgCommit, right-click and click Set.
2. Set the value as 1 and click OK.
3. Next, click Execute.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 117

Event Log Messages 3
This chapter contains event log messages for the following:
• DHCP
• Flash Module
• License
• Logger
• Netconfig
• SNTP
• Monitor
• Routing
• SNMP Group
• System Management
• Sysutils
• TFTP
• VLANVLAN
• Wireless
• Filtering
• PPPoE
• IGMP

3.1 DHCP

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Failed to start DHCP Relay Unable to start DHCP relay. Check the configuration
and retry.

ERROR DHCP Pool Start IP does not DHCP server is disabled as the Configure the DHCP
belong to the same subnet as DHCP Pool start IP does not pool Start IP in the same
the Device, DHCP Server belong to the same subnet. subnet of the device.
disabled

ERROR DHCP Pool End IP does not DHCP server is disabled as the Configure the DHCP
belong to the same subnet as DHCP Pool start IP does not pool End IP in the same
the Device, DHCP Server belong to the same subnet. subnet of the device.
disabled

ERROR Device IP cannot be part of the DHCP server is disabled as the Configure the DHCP
DHCP pool, DHCP Server device IP cannot be a part of the pool omitting the
disabled DHCP pool. Device IP address.

ERROR Failed to start as no Relay Unable to start DHCP Relay Configure DHCP Relay
Server Server configured. Server.

ERROR Cannot start DHCP Relay in DHCP Relay is inactive in Bridge Reboot the device.
Bridge Mode Mode.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 118

 Event Log Messages

3.2 Flash Module

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Flashctrl module not yet Flash operations could not be Reboot the device.
initialized performed as module is not
initialized yet.

ERROR Failed to allocate memory for Flash operations could not be Reboot the device.
flashctrl module performed as memory could not
be allocated.

ERROR Failed to down the semaphore Flash operations could not be Reboot the device.
performed.

ERROR Failed to write configuration to Could not save configuration to Reboot the device.
file flash.

CRITICAL NDAgD received SIGSEGV, Invalid Configuration file Load valid configuration
copying last known good loaded. Reverting to last known file.
configuration into flashcfg.cfg good configuration.

3.3 License

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT Invalid license detected, There is no valid license file Contact Customer
contact customer support present. support.

ALERT InvalidLicenseFile The license file provided is Contact Customer

invalid. support.

3.4 Logger

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR malloc() failed, no memory Failed to allocate memory as the Reboot the device and
with system system memory is full. retry.

ALERT Event log messages are Event log messages are cleared NONE
cleared by user action by user action.

ALERT Syslog messages are cleared Syslog messages are cleared by NONE
by user action user action.

WARNING There is something wrong The configuration file present Using an older
with the flash.1 could belong to different build. configuration file is not
recommended. Load
latest configuration file.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 119

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

CRITICAL Commit Failed: IPv6 entries IPv6 address is configured in Before moving to IPv4
are configured in Syslog Host Syslog Host table. Mode or Routing mode,
Table remove IPv6 entries in
Syslog host table and
then commit changes.

3.5 Netconfig

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

CRITICAL Critical Error Unable to add Unable to add second ethernet Check your license file
interface eth1 to bridge br0 interface to bridge. and reboot the device.

3.6 SNTP

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Failed to connect the remote Unable to connect to the Check the network
SNTP server remote SNTP sever. connectivity.

ERROR Failed to start thread for SNTP Failed to initialize SNTP client Reboot the device.

ERROR SNTP client failed to Synchronization between the Check the network
synchronize with server. Check SNTP server and client has connectivity.
the network connectivity failed.

CRITICAL Commit Failed : SNTP Primary IPv6 address is configured for Before moving to Routing
Address is IPv6 Address SNTP Primary Server mode or IPv4 mode,
remove SNTP Primary IPv6
address.

CRITICAL Commit Failed : SNTP IPv6 address is configured for Before moving to Routing
Secondary Address is IPv6 SNTP Secondary Server mode or IPv4 mode,
Address remove SNTP Secondary
IPv6 address.

3.7 Monitor

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT Wireless inactivity detected, Information that there is no Check the configuration
Re-tuning radio:%s, wireless activity running on the and retry.
count:%d, Reason:%d interface: x, count: y, Reason:z.

CRITICAL Current configuration backup Backup of current configuration NONE

is taken. file is taken after every commit
or, every time the device
initializes and is stable for two
minutes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 120

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR fork() failed Not able to create child process. Reboot the device.

CRITICAL NDAgD received SIGSEGV, Segmentation fault error Reboot the device if it is
copying last known good occurred; so copying the last not accessible. If the
configuration into flashcfg.cfg known good configuration into problem persists, contact
present configuration. customer support or reset
the device to factory
defaults.

ALERT WLAN rebootable parameters WLAN parameter is modified Reboot the device.
modified & NDAgD exited, and it requires device reboot.
rebooting the system

ERROR Process %s with paid %d Some process exited. If device is not

exited functioning properly,
reboot the device.

ERROR Failed to fork a child process Not able to create child process. Reboot the device.

ERROR Failed to execute a child Not able to create child process. Reboot the device.
process:%s

ALERT No activity on wireless There is no activity running on Reboot the device.

interface, Rebooting the device wireless interface.

ERROR Failed to bring up sua0 WORP Link is up but failed to NONE

make the pseudo interface up.

ERROR Found WORP Interface sua0 WORP Link is up but the pseudo NONE
down, bringing up interface is down; Bringing the
pseudo interface up

ALERT Invalid License File License file is not valid. Contact Customer
support.

ALERT No activity on wireless Reboot due to wireless inactivity Wait till the firmware
interface, Rebooting is delayed is delayed as firmware upgrade upgrade is complete.
due to upgrade. is in progress.

3.8 Routing

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Routing init failed, Failed to get Initialization of Routing was not Check your license file
radio operating mode successful. and reboot the device.

3.9 SNMP Group

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT System Initialization Successful Initialization of device is NONE

successful.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 121

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT System Initialization Successful Initialization of device is NONE

With Debug Build successful with debug build.

ALERT NDAgD re-started (%d) NDAgD process is restarted. NONE

ERROR Failed to save the SNMPv3 Unable to save the SNMP v3 Reboot the device.
engine Boot Count to config engine boot count to the
file configuration file.

WARNING Failed to save SNMP Secure Failed to apply SNMP secure Check the configurations.
Management Parameter to management configurations to
config file the device.

WARNING Failed to save SNMP Version to Failed to apply SNMP version to Check the configurations.
config file the device.

WARNING The SNMP version is changed Notification that the SNMP NONE
version is changed.

ALERT Loading the Text Based Notification that the process of NONE
Configuration file loading text based configuration
is in progress.

ALERT Text based Config File is being Notification that the process of NONE
loaded. Please retry after loading text based configuration
sometime. is in progress.

ALERT Text based Config File is not Updating the TBC file is not Check the configuration.
present. Please download a valid or is not available in the
valid file and retry specified path.

ERROR Commit not complete Failed to apply configuration. Check the configuration
and retry.

CRITICAL WEB: User Logged-in as Notification that the user logged NONE
in as admin or monitor

CRITICAL WEB: Invalid password for Notification that the password Enter a valid password.
\"%s\" user entered is invalid for admin or
monitor user.

WARNING Wrong Auth Protocol -- Unable Device initialization with the Check the configuration
to SET the new AUTH PASS new authentication password is and retry.
not successful.

WARNING Wrong Priv Protocol -- Unable Device initialization with the Check the configuration
to SET the new PRIV PASS new private password is not and retry.
successful.

WARNING The SNMPV3 agent is Notification that the SNMPV3 NONE

initialized with default agent is initialized with default
passwords passwords

ERROR Error Updating the CLI config CLI related configuration cannot NONE
file be applied on the device failed.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 122

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Unable to read the SNMP NV SNMP related configuration NONE

file cannot be applied on the device.

ERROR Unable to create the Failed to create the NDxCS.xnv NONE

/bin/NDxCS.xnv file file.

CRITICAL Commit Failed : IPv6 entries are IPv6 entries are configured in Before moving to IPv4
configured in Trap Host Table Trap Host table, remove them. mode or Routing Mode,
remove IPv6 entries in
Trap host table and then
commit changes.

3.10 System Management

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Invalid Commit Request No operation to perform NA

ALERT Firmware upgrade is in Failed to commit the changes as NONE

progress, commit prohibited the firmware upgrade is in
progress.

CRITICAL Failed to commit configuration Configuration provided is Check the configuration

changes invalid. and retry.

ALERT Firmware upgrade is in Device cannot be rebooted NONE

progress, Reboot prohibited while the firmware upgrade is in
progress.

ALERT Device is going to reboot Device will reboot now. NONE

ALERT Firmware upgrade is in Device cannot reset to factory NONE

progress, Factory Reset default while the firmware
prohibited. upgrade is in progress.

ALERT TFTP operation failed. Can't Invalid TBC file. Load valid TBC file.
load the TBC

ALERT Device initialized with Information regarding the NONE

Firmware Version firmware version, build date and
time.

ALERT Tsunami QB licensed device is Initialization of Tsunami QB NONE

initializing in MP mode licensed device in MP mode is
successful.

CRITICAL Commit Failed : IPv6 entries are IPv6 address is configured in Before moving to IPv4
configured in Mgmt Access Mgmt Access Control Table Mode or Routing mode,
Control Table remove IPv6 entries in
access table, then commit
changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 123

 Event Log Messages

3.11 Sysutils

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Error writing the admin status Could not save admin status to Reboot the device and
to flash flash. retry.

ERROR Error Unable to down the Cannot make ethernet interface NA

interface eth0/1 DOWN as it is already in down
state.

ERROR Error Unable to up the Cannot make ethernet interface Check the ethernet cable
interface eth0/1 UP as it is already in UP state. connection.

ERROR Disabling the eth0 admin Cannot disable the eth0 admin NA
status is not allowed status.

WARNING Sysutils Temperature Stats log Failed to save the temperature Reboot the device and try
commit failure logging changes. to commit the changes
again.

ERROR Failed to create Socket Socket creation failed. Reboot the device.

ERROR SIOCGIFADDR ioctl failed Failed to get ethernet mac Reboot the device.
address.

ALERT Device is in Routing Mode Device is currently running in NA

routing mode.

ERROR SIOCDELRT ioctl failed Unable to delete the route; It Reboot the device.
might be deleted already.

ERROR SIOCADDRT ioctl failure Unable to add the route. Check the route
parameters.

ERROR Adding default gateway failed Unable to add default gateway. Check the default
gateway; Default
gateway should be in one
of the interface’s subnet.

ERROR SIOCBRDELIF ioctl failed Unable to detach interface from NA

bridge.

ERROR Failed to open the file Reboot the device.

/proc/net/route

ERROR SIOCSIFNETMASK ioctl failed Netmask IOCTL failed. Check the subnet mask of
all interfaces.

ERROR SIOCSIFFLAGS ioctl failed Failed to change IFFlags of Reboot the device.
interface.

ERROR SIOCSIFHWADDR ioctl failed Failed to configure MAC Reboot the device.
address to the interface.

ERROR Critical Error unable to assign Failed to configure MAC Reboot the device.
mac address to eth0\ address to the interface.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 124

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR SIOCSIFMTU ioctl failed Failed to set MTU. Make sure the MTU value
is within the range
specified and reboot the
device.

ERROR Temperature Statistics commit Failed to save the changes Reboot the device and try
failed concerning temperature again to commit the
logging. changes.

ERROR Unable to set http port in Failed to save http port Reboot the device and try
commit configuration. again to commit the
changes.

ERROR Unable to set telnet port in Failed to save telnet port Reboot the device and try
commit configuration. again to commit the
changes.

ERROR Unable to set ssh port in Failed to save SSH port Reboot the device and try
commit configuration. again to commit the
changes.

ERROR Unable to set no of telnet Failed to save telnet session Reboot the device and try
sessions in commit count configuration. again to commit the
changes.

ERROR Unable to set no of ssh Failed to save SSH session count Reboot the device and try
sessions in commit configuration. again to commit the
changes.

ERROR Temperature statistics init Initialization of temperature Reboot the device.

failed logging facility failed.

ERROR Ethernet statistics init failed Initialization of ethernet speed Reboot the device.
and transmit mode with
configured changes failed.

CRITICAL Invalid configuration profile Invalid configuration profile file Load valid configuration
file, reverting to old loaded, hence reverting to last profile file and retry.
configuration configuration

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error mode configuration received Check the configuration
in setting Mode for Ethernet from RADIUS server is not valid on RADIUS server and
1/2 for the respective ethernet retry.
interface.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Access ID configuration received Check the configuration
in setting Access Id for from RADIUS server is not valid on RADIUS server and
Ethernet 1/2 for the respective ethernet retry.
interface.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Access Priority configuration Check the configuration
in setting Access Priority for received from RADIUS server is on RADIUS server and
Ethernet 1/2 not valid for the respective retry.
ethernet interface.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 125

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Management ID configuration Check the configuration
in setting Mgmt Id received from RADIUS server is on RADIUS server and
not valid. retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Management Priority Check the configuration
in setting Mgmt Priority configuration received from on RADIUS server and
RADIUS server is not valid. retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Trunk ID configuration received Check the configuration
in setting Trunk Id for Ethernet from RADIUS server is not valid on RADIUS server and
1/2 for the respective ethernet retry.
interface.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Trunk ID configuration received Check the configuration
Duplicate Trunk Id exists in from RADIUS server is not valid on RADIUS server and
Ethernet 1/2 Trunk Table for the respective ethernet retry.
interface.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Service ID configuration received Check the configuration
in setting Service Id from RADIUS server is not valid. on RADIUS server and
retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Service Priority configuration Check the configuration
in setting Service Priority received from RADIUS server is on RADIUS server and
not valid. retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error QinQ status configuration Check the configuration
in setting QinQ status received from RADIUS server is on RADIUS server and
not valid. retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error TPID related configuration Check the configuration
in setting TPID received from RADIUS server is on RADIUS server and
not valid. retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Port ID configuration received Check the configuration
in setting Port Id for Ethernet from RADIUS server is not valid on RADIUS server and
1/2 for the respective ethernet retry.
interface.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error Port Priority configuration Check the configuration
in setting Port Priority for received from RADIUS server is on RADIUS server and
Ethernet 1/2 not valid for the respective retry.
ethernet interface.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Error untagged frames status Check the configuration
in setting Allow Untag Frames configuration received from on RADIUS server and
for Ethernet 1/2 RADIUS server is not valid for retry.
the respective ethernet
interface.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: mode configuration received Check the configuration
Mode is not specified for from RADIUS server is not on RADIUS server and
Ethernet1/2 specified for the respective retry.
ethernet interface.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 126

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: No No mode configuration is Check the configuration

Mode is specified for either received from RADIUS server for on RADIUS server and
Ethernet1 or Ethernet2 respective ethernet interface. retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Port Port ID configuration received Check the configuration
id exists in Trunk table from RADIUS server already on RADIUS server and
exists in the trunk table. retry.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Validation of mode Check the configuration

QinQ is enabled and mode configuration received from on RADIUS server and
should not be Transparent RADIUS server is not successful retry.
as mode should not be
transparent when QinQ status is
enabled.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Validation of port ID Check the configuration

QinQ and Allow untagged are configuration received from on RADIUS server and
enabled, Port id should not be RADIUS server is not successful retry.
-1 as allow untagged status is
enabled Port ID should not be
-1.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Validation of ID configuration Check the configuration

QinQ is enabled, Access id received from RADIUS server is on RADIUS server and
should not be -1 not successful, when QinQ retry.
status is enabled ID should not
be -1.

ALERT INVALID RADIUS CONFIG: Validation of Service ID Check the configuration

QinQ is enabled, Service id configuration received from on RADIUS server and
should not be -1 RADIUS server is not successful, retry.
when QinQ status is enabled
Service ID should not be -1.

ERROR Could not create the status file Failed in creating the tftp status Reboot the device.
file.

CRITICAL Kernel Debug information is Kernel debug logs are available NA

available, number of for debugging.
entries[%d]

3.12 TFTP

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Number of arguments to Number of arguments specified Check the configuration

tftpuldl should be 5 for the TFTP operation are not and retry.
valid.

ERROR Invalid File type File type mentioned is invalid. Check the configuration
and retry.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 127

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Invalid Operation type Operation type specified is Check the configuration
invalid. and retry.

ERROR Network is unreachable Cannot access the network, so Check the configuration
unable to perform the TFTP and retry.
operation.

ERROR Failed to get the debug logs Capturing the debug logs failed. Check the configuration
and retry.

ERROR Debug log file uploaded Upload of debug log file is Check the configuration
successfully successful. and retry.

ERROR TBC file not in expected format Unable to open TBC file of Check the configuration
Invalid format. and retry.

ERROR Download Failed - Network is Cannot access the network, so Check the configuration
unreachable unable to perform the TFTP and retry.
download operation.

ERROR Download Failed - Invalid TBC Download operation is not Check the configuration
file successful. and retry.

ERROR Upload Failure - Network is Cannot access the network, so Check the configuration
unreachable unable to perform the TFTP and retry.
upload operation.

ERROR Temperature Sensor is not Temperature Sensor is NONE

present unavailable.

ERROR TFTP operation failed new TFTP operation was not Check the configuration
config file was not available successful and the new and retry.
configuration file is not
accessible by the device.

ERROR Network is unreachable or File Cannot access the network, so Check the configuration
not Found unable to perform the TFTP and retry.
operation.

ERROR stat of the new config file Unable to determine the size of Check the configuration
download has failed the new configuration file and retry.
downloaded, hence considered
invalid.

ERROR Config file downloaded is of The size of the configuration file Check the configuration
Zero size provided is zero and hence and retry.
considered invalid.

ERROR File Size very large for a config The size of the configuration file Check the configuration
file provided is out of valid and retry.
configuration file size range.

ERROR New config file provided is not Configuration file provided is Check the configuration
valid invalid. and retry.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 128

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR TFTP operation Failed. File was TFTP operation was not Check the network
not accessible successful and the file was not configuration and retry.
accessible by the device.

ERROR Failed to download the Image download was not Check the network
Firmware file successful. configuration and retry.

ERROR Firmware downloaded is of The size of the new image file Check the image file and
Zero size provided is zero and hence retry.
considered as invalid.

ERROR Downloaded Firmware file size The size of the downloaded Check the image file and
very large to be a valid image file is out of valid image retry.
Firmware size range and hence considered
invalid.

ERROR Firmware signature check Signature check for new image Check the image file and
failed was not successful. retry.

ERROR Firmware is not valid Firmware file is not readable and Check the image file and
hence considered invalid. license. Contact customer
support if required.

ERROR Firmware flash write failed Unable to write the image file Reboot the device and
obtained to flash. retry.

ERROR TFTP operation in progress Another operation is selected Wait till the TFTP
while TFTP operation was in operation is complete.
progress.

ERROR We couldn't fork a child TFTP operation was not Reboot the device and
process, may be because of successful. retry.
lack of memory

ERROR File Name given is not valid. [ Avoid any special characters Check the file name.
~`!$^&*()=|\\{}[];\"'<>? ] while providing file name.
should be avoided in file names

ERROR Tftp Operation failed TFTP operation was not Check the configuration
successful. and retry.

ERROR Invalid Config ID returned by The present configuration file While upgrade, it is
Flash module may belong to an older build. advised to remove the
invalid or incompatible
configuration.

3.13 VLAN

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR init: Failed to apply module initialization was not Remove the configuration
configuration successful, as configuration is and reboot the device.
not applied properly on the
device.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 129

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR init: Error in calling status ioctl module initialization was not Check the configuration
successful, as status and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR init: Error in calling QinQ module initialization was not Check the configuration
Status ioctl successful, as QinQ status and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR init: Error in calling MGMT Id module initialization was not Check the configuration
ioctl successful, as MGMT ID and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR init: Error in calling Mgmt Prio module initialization was not Check the configuration
Ioctl successful, as MGMT Priority and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR init: Error in calling QinQ id module initialization was not Check the configuration
ioctl successful, as QinQ ID and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR init: Error in calling QinQ Prio module initialization was not Check the configuration
Ioctl successful, as QinQ priority and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR init: Error in calling QinQ TPID module initialization was not Check the configuration
Ioctl successful, as QinQ TPID and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ALERT Active Config changed from Local configuration will be in NONE

Remote to Local use and remotely received
configuration will be ignored

ERROR ethif init: Failed to apply ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
configuration was not successful as the and try again to commit
operating mode configured for the changes.
the respective interface is not
valid.

ERROR init failed, Access mode is not initialization was not successful Check the configuration
valid on eth1/2 as the operating mode and try again to commit
configured for the respective the changes.
interface is not valid.

ERROR ethif init: Failed to call mode ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
Ioctl was not successful, as mode and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 130

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR ethif init: Failed to call Access ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
id Ioct was not successful, as ID and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR ethif init:Failed to call Access ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
prio Ioctl was not successful, as Priority and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR ethif init:Failed to call port id ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
Ioctl was not successful, as port ID and try again to commit
configuration is not applied the changes.
properly on the device.

ERROR ethif init:Failed to call port prio ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
Ioctl was not successful, as Port and try again to commit
Priority configuration is not the changes.
applied properly on the device.

ERROR ethif init:Failed to call Allow ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
Untag Ioctl was not successful, as Allow and try again to commit
Untagged configuration is not the changes.
applied properly on the device.

ERROR ethif init:Failed to call Allow ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
Mgmt access with Untag was not successful, as allow and try again to commit
packets Ioctl untagged management access the changes.
configuration is not applied
properly on the device.

ERROR ethif init: Error in calling trunk ethernet interface initialization Check the configuration
id ioctl was not successful, as Trunk ID and try again to commit
configuration is not properly the changes.
applied on the device.

WARNING init: Access mode is not valid Changing Access mode to Check the configuration.
on eth%d of%s changing Transparent as configured
mode to Transparent Access mode is not valid.

WARNING init: eth%d is in QinQ status is disabled as Check the configuration

TRANSPARENT mode, Interface is in Transparent and try again to commit
Disabling QinQ status mode. the changes.

ERROR Radiusparams :Failed to apply Changes made to the RADIUS Check the configuration
configuration parameters are not applied on and try again to commit
the device. the changes.

ERROR Radius ethif: Error in deleting Applying configuration is failed Check the configuration
Trunk Id from kernel when local configuration is and try again to commit
enabled. the changes.

ERROR Radius ethif: Error in deleting Applying configuration failed Check the configuration
Trunk Table entry from config when local configuration is and try again to commit
file enabled. the changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 131

 Event Log Messages

3.14 Wireless

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT Failed to get Radio Device ID Unable to retrieve the Radio Check the license file
device ID. before trying again

ERROR Invalid Operating Mode in The operating mode configured Check the license file and
license file for Radio in the license file of the radio is retry
not valid.

ERROR Unsupported Channel The selected bandwidth for the Check the configuration
Bandwidth:%d for current current operating frequency and try again to commit
Frequency Domain:%d domain is not valid. the changes.

ERROR Changing Channel Bandwidth Changing the channel Check the configuration
to: %d for current Frequency bandwidth as the selected band and try again to commit
Domain:%d width for the current operating the changes.
frequency domain is not valid.

ERROR Configured in Legacy Mode, Disabled legacy mode. Hence, Check the configuration
changing to High Throughput the device is configured for high and try again to commit
with default Tx rate throughput mode with default the changes.
Tx rate.

ERROR Short GI not supported for The Short GI is not valid for the Check the configurations.
current channel bandwidths (5/10/20 MHz)
bandwidth:%d,Changed to hence changing to Full GI with
Full GI, set to default Tx rate default Tx rate.

ERROR Unsupported Channel The selected bandwidth for the Check the configuration
Bandwidth:%d for current current operating frequency and try again to commit
Frequency Domain:%d, domain is invalid. Hence the changes.
Changed to 20MHz changing to the default
bandwidth (20MHz).

ERROR Current Data Rate:%d is Configured data rate is invalid Check the configuration
invalid, changing to default hence changing to default date and try again to commit
rate. the changes.

ERROR Failed to initialize Manual Initialization of Manual Blacklist NONE

Blacklist feature was not successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP Initialization of WORP Roaming NONE

Roaming Parameters parameters was not successful.

ERROR Failed to destroy virtual Unable to delete the virtual Check the configuration
wireless interface wireless interface. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to stop WORP Unable to stop WORP. Check the configuration
and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to find wireless interface Unable to detect the wireless Check the configuration
interface. and try again to commit
the changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 132

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Failed to initialize wireless Initialization of the Wireless Check the configuration
interface interface has failed. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR WORP Link Profile Initialization of the WORP Link NONE

Configuration Initialization profile configuration was not
failed successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize wireless Initialization of the wireless NONE

parameters parameters was not successful.

ERROR Failed to create virtual wireless Unable to create a virtual Check the configuration
interface wireless interface. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to set MAC ACL Status Unable to configure the MAC Check the configuration
ACL Status. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to apply MAC ACL Unable to apply MAC ACL Check the configuration
Profile profile configured. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Antenna Gain Unable to configure the Check the configuration
antenna gain. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to activate virtual Unable to activate virtual Check the configuration
wireless interface wireless interface. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed in Enabling WORP Enabling WORP was not Check the configuration
successful. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to stop SPECTRUM Unable to stop Spectrum Check the configuration
ANALYZER Analyzer. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP Initialization of WORP Roaming NONE

parameters was not successful.

ERROR Failed to apply WORP QoS Configuration of WORP QOS Check the configuration
Parameters parameters was not successful. and try again to commit
the changes.

CRITICAL Wireless initialization failed Wireless initialization was not NONE

successful.

ERROR Failed to apply Security Profile Unable to apply the security Check the configuration
profile configured. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to create virtual wireless Unable to create a virtual Check the configuration
interface ath Wireless interface ath0/1 and try again to commit
the changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 133

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Failed to set Upper Edge Unable to set the upper edge Check the configuration
Frequency Filter frequency filter of the current and try again to commit
wireless configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Lower Edge Unable to set the lower edge Check the configuration
Frequency Filter frequency filter of the current and try again to commit
wireless configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Operating Mode Unable to set the operating Check the configuration
mode of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set SSID Unable to set the SSID to the Check the configuration
current wireless configuration. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to set channel Unable to set the channel Check the configuration
bandwidth bandwidth of the current and try again to commit
wireless configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set channel offset Unable to set the channel offset Check the configuration
of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to disable WDS mode Disabling WDS mode was not Check the configuration
successful. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to disable BG Scan Disabling BG scan was not Check the configuration
successful. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Frequency Band Unable to set the frequency Check the configuration
band of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Unable to set the Check the configuration

Frequency/Channel frequency/channel of the and try again to commit
current wireless configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Tx queue length Unable to set Tx queue length Check the configuration
for ath interface for ath interface of the current and try again to commit
wireless configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Tx queue length Unable to set Tx queue length Check the configuration
for WiFi interface for WiFi interface of the current and try again to commit
wireless configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Short GI Unable to set the Short Guard Check the configuration
Interval of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Auto Bias Unable to set Auto Bias Check the configuration
Configuration configuration of the current and try again to commit
wireless configuration. the changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 134

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Failed to set EXT offset Unable to set the EXT offset of Check the configuration
the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set number of Spacial Unable to set the number of Check the configuration
Streams spacial streams of the current and try again to commit
wireless configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to enable AMPDU Status Cannot enable the AMPDU Check the configuration
status of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set AMPDU Unable to set AMPDU sub Check the configuration
Sub-frames frames of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set AMPDU Limit Unable to set AMPDU limit of Check the configuration
current wireless configuration. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to disable AMPDU Status Cannot disable AMPDU status Check the configuration
of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set AMSDU Status Unable to set AMPDU status of Check the configuration
the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Bit Rate Unable to set Bit rate of the Check the configuration
current wireless configuration. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed in set cell size Unable to set cell size of the Check the configuration
current wireless configuration. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to set TPC Value Unable to set TPC value of the Check the configuration
current wireless configuration. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Tx Chain Mask Unable to set Tx chain mask of Check the configuration
the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Rx Chain Mask Unable to set Rx chain mask of Check the configuration
the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed in Initialization of MAX Initialization of Max EIRP was NONE

EIRP not successful.

ERROR Failed to set Manual Blacklist Unable to set Manual blacklist Check the configuration
of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 135

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Failed to set White Channel List Unable to set white channel list Check the configuration
of the current wireless and try again to commit
configuration. the changes.

ERROR Failed to set Roaming Status Unable to set Roaming status of Check the configuration
the current wireless and retry.
configuration.

ERROR Failed to start WORP Unable to stop WORP of the Check the configuration
current wireless configuration. and retry.

ERROR Failed to set Satellite Density Unable to set satellite density of Check the configuration
the current wireless and retry.
configuration.

ERROR Failed to set DDRS Status Unable to set the DDRS Status Check the configuration
of the current wireless and retry.
configuration.

ERROR Failed to set ATPC Status Unable to set ATPC status of the Check the configuration
current wireless configuration. and retry.

ERROR Failed to bring up ath Interface Cannot bring up ath interface as Check the configuration
per the current wireless and retry.
configuration.

ERROR Failed to validate/update Validation of current channel Check the configuration

current channel was not successful. and retry.

ERROR Failed to validate/update Validation of roaming channel Check the configuration

roaming channel list list was not successful. and retry.

ERROR Failed to start SPECTRUM Unable to start Spectrum Check the configuration
ANALYZER Analyzer. and retry.

ERROR Failed to set channel Unable to set the channel Check the configuration
bandwidth to hal bandwidth of the current and retry.
wireless configuration.

ERROR Failed to get Supported Unable to get the supported Check the configuration
Channels channels from the current and retry.
wireless configuration.

ERROR detected RADAR on channel: Radar has been detected on Check the configuration
%d Bandwidth: channel:x, bandwidth:y and retry.

ERROR Invalid Frequency Domain Frequency domain configured is Check the configuration
invalid. and retry.

ERROR Failed to set radio Component Unable to set radio component Check the configuration
ID ID of the current wireless and retry.
configuration.

ERROR Failed to set Frequency Domain Unable to set frequency domain Check the configuration
of the current wireless and retry.
configuration.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 136

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Invalid configuration received The configuration received from Check the configuration
from Radius server the RADIUS server is not valid. and retry.

ERROR SPECTRUM ANALYZER started Spectrum Analyzer scan is in Check the configuration
progress. and retry.

ERROR Failed in Enabling/Disabling Configuration WORP status was Check the configuration
WORP not successful when Spectrum and retry.
Analyzer scan is enabled.

ERROR Failed in Terminating WORP Terminating WORP link was not Check the configuration
Links successful when Spectrum and retry.
Analyzer scan is enabled.

ERROR Failed in Setting channel offset Channel offset set is not Check the configuration
successful when Spectrum and retry.
Analyzer scan is enabled.

ERROR Failed in Setting channel Channel bandwidth set is not Check the configuration
Bandwidth successful when Spectrum and retry.
Analyzer scan is enabled.

ERROR Failed in Setting Country code Country code set is not Check the configuration
successful when Spectrum and retry.
Analyzer scan is enabled.

ERROR Failed to set SPECTRUM Spectrum analyzer channel scan Check the configuration
ANALYZER Channel Scan time time set is not successful when and retry.
Spectrum Analyzer scan is
enabled.

ERROR Failed to set SPECTRUM Spectrum analyzer channel scan Check the configuration
ANALYZER Scan Iterations iterations set is not successful and retry.
when Spectrum Analyzer scan is
enabled.

ERROR Failed to get SPECTRUM Capturing the Spectrum Check the configuration
ANALYZER statistics Analyzer statistics is not and retry.
successful when Spectrum
Analyzer scan is enabled.

ERROR Failed in Setting Frequency Frequency set is not successful Check the configuration
when Spectrum analyzer scan is and retry.
enabled.

ERROR No valid driver channel found The default channel configured Check the configuration
is invalid. and retry.

ERROR Invalid Preferred channel The channel configured is not Check the configuration
found. Configuring %d as valid. and try again to commit
Preferred channel the changes.

ALERT Unknown Radio Component ID There is no valid license file Contact Customer
/ Variant ID - %d / %d - Check present for the device. Support.
Manufacturing Data

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 137

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ALERT Tx Rate %s, ACS enabled, Notification that the device is up NONE
Ch.BW %dMHz, Tx.Chain with Tx Rate: x, ACS enabled,
Mask 0x%x channel bandwidth: y,Tx.chain
mask: z

ALERT DDRS Enabled, ACS enabled, Notification that the device is up NONE
Ch.BW %dMHz, Tx.Chain with DDRS enabled, ACS
Mask 0x%x enabled, channel bandwidth:y,
Tx.chain mask: z

ALERT Tx Rate%s, Channel(offset) Notification that the device is up NONE

%d(%d), Ch.BW%dMHz, with Tx Rate: x, Channel offset:
Tx.Chain Mask 0x%x y enabled, channel bandwidth: y
,Tx.chain mask: z

ALERT TPC:%0.01f Notification that TPC is: x NONE

ALERT ATPC Enabled Notification that ATPC is NONE

enabled.

ALERT Roaming Enabled Notification that Roaming is NONE

enabled.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS PIR NONE
PIR MAC Address entries MAC Address was not
successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS PIR IP NONE
PIR IP Address entries Address was not successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS PIR NONE
PIR TCP/UDP Port entries TCP/UDP port was not
successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS PIR NONE
PIR Map entries map entries was not successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS PIR NONE
PIR entries map entries was not successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS SFC NONE
SFC entries entries was not successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS PIR NONE
Class entries class entries was not successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS SU NONE

SU entries entries was not successful.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP QoS Initialization of WORP QoS NONE

End Point B entries Endpoint B entries was not
successful.

ERROR Failed to apply WORP QoS Cannot apply WORP QoS to the Check the configuration
current wireless configurations. and retry.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 138

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Radius Config: disabling QoS Failed to apply the QoS class Check the configuration
Class Index: %d index, Default profile will be and retry.
used for the SU.

ERROR Radius Config: Unable to set Failed to apply the QoS class Check the configuration
SU:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x: index, Default profile will be and retry.
%02x:%02x with QoS Class used for the SU.
Index %d

ERROR Radius Config: Cannot process QoS operation could not be Check the configuration
radius update. Radius SUINFO performed as memory could not and retry.
Memory not available be allocated.

ERROR Radius Config: unable to add Max number of SU reached for Check the configuration
SU:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x: the profile, Default profile will and retry.
%02x:%02x in QoS SU list be used for SU.

ERROR Radius Config: Addition to QoS SU List failed, Check the configuration
SU:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x: Default profile will be used for and retry.
%02x:%02x Addition to SU.
Radius QoS SU List Failed

ERROR Radius Config: disabling QoS Failed to apply the QoS class Check the configuration
Class Index: %d for index, Default profile will be and retry.
SU:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x: used for the SU.
%02x:%02x

ERROR Radius Config: QoS Class Failed to apply the QoS class Check the configuration
Index: %d for index, Default profile will be and retry.
SU:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x: used for the SU.
%02x:%02x does not exist

ERROR Radius Config: Failed to set Failed to apply the QoS class Check the configuration
SU:%02x:%02x:%02x:%02x: index, Default profile will be and retry.
%02x:%02x with QoS Class used for the SU.
Index %d

ERROR Radius Config: Failed to use QoS operation could not be Reboot the device and
QoS configuration from performed as memory could not retry.
Radius. Memory allocation be allocated.
failed.

CRITICAL Failed to get Country Code Country code is not set. Set the country code to
enable wireless.

ERROR LinkTest: Invalid operating Link test interface is not in NONE

WORP mode:%d WORP mode.

ERROR LinkTest: Failed to allocate Link test Operation could not be Reboot the device and
memory, errno:%d performed as memory could not retry.
be allocated.

ERROR LinkTest: Idle timeout expired Link test -idle timeout expired. NONE

ERROR LinkTest: Failed to start, Failed to start LinkTest feature. Reboot the device and
errno:%d retry.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 139

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR Failed to find Security profile Security Profile selected in Check the configuration
'%s' association with current wireless and try again to commit
configuration does not exist. the changes.

ERROR Failed to apply Security Profile Changes made to the security Reboot the device and try
'%s', Auth Mode profile were not saved and will again.
WORP_SECURITY is not not come into affect.
applicable to AP

ERROR Failed to apply Security Profile Changes made to the security Reboot the device and try
'%s', Auth Mode shall be profile were not saved and will again.
WORP_SECURITY not come into affect.

ERROR Invalid key length:%d for WEP WEP encryption key length Check the configuration
Encryption Key, Security Profile specified for the security profile and try again to commit
'%s' is not valid. the changes.

ERROR Invalid key length:%d for TKIP TKIP encryption key length Check the configuration
Encryption Key, Security Profile specified for the security profile and try again to commit
'%s' is not valid. the changes.

ERROR Invalid key length:%d for AES-CCM encryption key length Check the configuration
AES-CCM Encryption Key, specified for the security profile and try again to commit
Security Profile '%s is not valid. the changes.

ERROR Invalid Security Mode:%d, Security mode selected is not Check the configuration
Security Profile '%s' valid. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Radius Server Profile '%s' does RADIUS server chosen for the Check the configuration
not exist wireless configuration does not and try again to commit
exist. the changes.

ERROR Primary/Secondary Auth Either Primary or Secondary NONE

Servers are disabled authentication servers are
inactive.

ERROR Invalid IP for Radius Server RADIUS server IP address Check the configuration
Profile '%s' configured is not valid. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Unable to Create Security Security profile changes will not Reboot the device and
Profile Configuration file come into affect. reconfigure.

ERROR Invalid encryption type:%d WEP encryption key length Check the configuration
specified for Security Profile specified for the security profile and try again to commit
'%s' for Tsunami QB is not valid for Tsunami QB. the changes.

ERROR Invalid encryption type:%d WEP encryption key length Check the configuration
specified for Security Profile specified for the security profile and try again to commit
'%s' for Tsunami MP is not valid for Tsunami MP. the changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 140

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR WEP/TKIP Encryption types are WEP and TKIP Encryption types If security is required
supported only in Legacy are not supported in high throughput rate has to be
mode, Security Profile '%s' for throughput mode.(Reduce the configured to a lesser
Tsunami MP throughput rates to enable value.
encryption with WEP/TKIP).

ERROR Security Profile '%s' does not Security Profile selected in Check the configuration
exist association with current wireless and try again to commit
configuration does not exist. the changes.

ERROR Invalid key length for Network Security Key for TKIP/AES Check the configuration
Secret, Security Profile '%s' encryption type will accept only and try again to commit
16 ASCII characters or 32 the changes.
Hexadecimal digits for security.

ERROR Unsupported encryption Encryption type selected for the Check the configuration
type:%d, Security Profile '%s' security profile is not valid. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Invalid Transmit Encryption Key WEP Encryption key is not valid. Check the configuration
index:%d, Security Profile '%s' and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Invalid Transmit Encryption TKIP Encryption key is not valid. Check the configuration
Key:%d, Security Profile '%s' and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Invalid Key length:%d, Security AES-CCM Encryption key is not Check the configuration
Profile '%s' valid. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR All encryption keys should be For the security profile Check the configuration
of same length, Security Profile mentioned, make sure all the and try again to commit
'%s' four encryption keys are of same the changes.
length.

ERROR Invalid security mode:%d, Security mode selected is not Check the configuration
Security Profile '%s' valid. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Invalid combination of security The encryption type selected for Check the configuration
mode:%d and encryption the security mode is not valid. and try again to commit
type:%d, Security Profile '%s' the changes.

ERROR Invalid WEP key, Security WEP Encryption type selected Check the configuration
Profile '%s' for the security profile is not and try again to commit
valid. the changes.

ERROR Invalid encryption type:%d, Encryption type selected for the Check the configuration
Security Profile '%s' security profile is not valid. and try again to commit
the changes.

ERROR Invalid PSK key length:%d, PSK Encryption type selected for Check the configuration
Security Profile '%s' the security profile is not valid. and try again to commit
the changes.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 141

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

CRITICAL removed invalid channels from Validation of current channel Check the configuration
Manual Blacklist. was not successful in case of and try again to commit
manual blacklist. the changes.

ERROR current channel %d is not Validation of current channel Check the configuration
valid. resetting Manual Blacklist was not successful in case of and try again to commit
manual blacklist. the changes.

ERROR Unable to find Valid channel Validation of current channel Check the configuration
for operation, resetting Manual was not successful in case of and try again to commit
Blacklist manual blacklist. the changes.

ERROR Applied QoS Policy Does not NA NONE

exists

ERROR Applied EDCA Profile Does not NA NONE

exists

ERROR Failed to start SPECTRUM Spectrum Analyzer cannot be Disable DCS and start
ANALYZER, DCS is enabled. started when DCS is enabled spectrum analyzer.

ERROR Failed to start SPECTRUM Spectrum Analyzer cannot be Start after some time.
ANALYZER, Histogram in started when Cost Histogram is
progress. Please try after in progress.
sometime.

ERROR Failed to start SPECTRUM Spectrum Analyzer cannot be Start Spectrum analyzer
ANALYZER, CACT in progress. started when CACT is in after <%d> seconds.
Please wait for <%d> Seconds progress.

ALERT Primary BSU: <name> not Primary BSU is down or not Check the reachability of
Available reachable. the primary BSU.

ALERT Secondary BSU: <name> not Secondary BSU is down or not Check the reachability of
Available reachable. the secondary BSU.

ALERT WORP Link Established with Primary BSU is not available, so Check the reachability of
Secondary BSU:<name> WORP link established with the primary BSU.
Secondary BSU.

ALERT WORP Link Established with Both Primary and Secondary Check the reachability of
Other BSU: BSUs are not reachable. Hence the primary and
WORP Link is established with secondary BSUs.
other BSU.

ERROR Failed to initialize WORP Initialization of WORP Roaming Check Roaming

Roaming Parameters parameters was not successful. parameters configuration.

ERROR Failed to validate/update Roaming Channel List validation Configure Roaming

roaming channel list was failed. channel list properly in
BSU.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 142

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

CRITICAL Commit Failed : Radius Primary IPv6 Address is configured for Before moving to IPv4
Server Address is not a valid RADIUS Primary Sever Mode or Routing mode
IPv4 Address remove RADIUS Primary
IPv6 address, then
commit changes.

CRITICAL Commit Failed : Radius IPv6 Address is configured for Before moving to IPv4
Secondary Server Address is RADIUS Secondary Server Mode or Routing mode,
not a valid IPv4 Address remove RADIUS
secondary IPv6 address,
then commit changes.

3.15 Filtering

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR TCPUDP init : Failed to apply TCP/UDP module initialization Check the configuration
Configuration was not successful, as Filtering and retry.
configuration is not properly
applied on the device.

ERROR TCPUDP init : Failure in passing TCP/UDP module initialization Check the configuration
enable port filtering status to was not successful, as enabling and retry.
kernel filtering status configuration is
not properly applied on the
device.

ERROR TCPUDP init : Failure in adding TCP/UDP module initialization Check the configuration
table entry to kernel was not successful, as passing a and retry.
table entry to the kernel failed.

ERROR TCPUDP init : Failure in adding TCP/UDP module initialization Check the configuration
default entry to kernel was not successful, as passing and retry.
default table entry to the kernel
failed.

ERROR Intra BSS init: Failed to apply BSS module initialization was Check the configuration
configuration not successful, as Filtering and retry.
configuration is not properly
applied on the device.

ERROR Intra BSS init:Failed to call Ioctl BSS module initialization was Check the configuration
not successful, as Filtering BSS and retry.
configuration is not properly
applied on the device.

ERROR STP Frame Forward init :Failed STP frame forward related Check the configuration
to apply configuration configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR STP Frame Forward init: Invalid Invalid configuration file Check the configuration
Value Read From config file provided. and retry.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 143

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR STP Frame Forward init: Failed STP frame forward related Check the configuration
to call Ioctl configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR StaticMac init : Failed to apply Static mac related configuration Check the configuration
configuration is not properly applied on the and retry.
device.

ERROR StaticMac init : Failed in Static mac related configuration Check the configuration
passing MAC entry to kernel is not properly applied on the and retry.
device.

ERROR Advance filter init : Failed to Advanced filtering related Check the configuration
apply configuration configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR Advance filter init : Failure in Advanced filtering related Check the configuration
passing table entry to kernel configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR Ethernet Protocol filtering init : Ethernet protocol filtering Reboot the device.
Error in creation of Bridge module initialization failed, as
socket the socket creation of the bridge
failed.

ERROR Ethernet Protocol filtering init : Ethernet protocol filtering Check the configuration
Error in initializing operation module initialization failed, as and retry.
type operation type related
configuration is not properly
applied on the device.

ERROR Ethernet Protocol filtering init : Ethernet protocol filtering Check the configuration
Error in initializing interface bit initialization failed, as interface and retry.
mask bit mask related configuration is
not properly applied on the
device.

ERROR Ethernet Protocol filtering init : Ethernet protocol filtering Check the configuration
Error in initializing table entries module initialization failed as and retry.
initialization of table entries
failed.

ERROR Filter Global Flag Init: Failed to Global Filter Status flag related Check the configuration
apply configuration configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR Filter Global Fag Init :Invalid Invalid configuration file Check the configuration
Value Read From config file provided. file and retry.

ERROR Filter Global Flag Init:Failed to Global Filter Status flag related Check the configuration
call Ioctl configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 144

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR StormThrdhld filter init: Failure Strom threshold related Check the configuration
to apply configuration configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR Storm Threshold init: Failed to Strom threshold related Check the configuration
call Ioctl configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR ICB init: Failed to apply ICB related configuration is not Check the configuration
configuration properly applied on the device. and retry.

ERROR ICB init: Failed to Call ICB ICB status related configuration Check the configuration
status IOCTL is not properly applied on the and retry.
device.

ERROR ICB init: Failed to Call ICB ICB Security GW MAC related Check the configuration
Security GW Mac IOCTL configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR ICB init: Failed to Call ICB ICB group entry related Check the configuration
Group entry IOCTL configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR ICB init: Failed to call ICB Mac ICB MAC entry related Check the configuration
Entry IOCTL configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

ERROR ICB init: Failed to Call ICB ICB Security GW status related Check the configuration
Security GW Status Ioctl configuration is not properly and retry.
applied on the device.

3.16 PPPoE

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR PPPoE Link Monitor Thread PPPoE Functionality may not Reboot the device.
Creation Failed. work correctly as monitoring the
PPPoE interface was not
successful.

CRITICAL PPPoE Link Disconnected The link between PPPoE server Check the configuration
and PPPoE silent is and retry.
disconnected.

CRITICAL NAT Re-Initialization Failed. NAT Re-Initialization was failed. Reboot the device.

CRITICAL NAT must be enabled for Not able to Enable PPPoE. Enable NAT and then
PPPoE enable PPPoE.

CRITICAL PPPoE Link Established The link between PPPoE server NONE
Successfully. and PPPoE silent is successful.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 145

 Event Log Messages

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

CRITICAL PPPoE Link Disconnected The link between PPPoE server Check PPPoE Server
and PPPoE client is terminated configuration and
by the user. reachability.

WARNING NAT is Disabled, Please Enable Disabling the NAT will affect the Check the configuration
it for proper functioning of PPPoE client functionality. and retry.
PPPoE Client

CRITICAL Unable to Re-Initialize NAT, Re-Initialize NAT was not Reboot the device.
NAT Functionality may not successful, NAT Functionality
work as expected. may not work as expected.

3.17 IGMP

Log Priority Message Description Corrective Action

ERROR IGMP Snoop init: Failed to Failed to apply the Reboot the device.
apply configuration configuration.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init: Invalid Global Invalid IGMP Snooping Reconfigure IGMP
flag Value Read From config parameters read from Snooping parameters.
file configuration file.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init: Failed to call Invalid IGMP Snooping Reboot the device or
IGMP global flag Ioctl parameters read from Reconfigure IGMP
configuration file. Snooping parameters.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init:Invalid force Invalid IGMP Snooping Reconfigure IGMP
flood Value Read From config parameters read from Snooping parameters.
file configuration file.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init:Failed to call Invalid IGMP Snooping Reboot the device or
force flood Ioctl parameters read from Reconfigure IGMP
configuration file. Snooping parameters.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init:Invalid IGMP Invalid IGMP Snooping Reconfigure IGMP
Membership aging time Value parameters read from Snooping parameters.
Read From config file configuration file.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init:Failed to call Invalid IGMP Snooping Reboot the device or
Membership Aging time Ioctl parameters read from Reconfigure IGMP
configuration file. Snooping parameters.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init:Invalid IGMP Invalid IGMP Snooping Reconfigure IGMP
Router port aging time Value parameters read from Snooping parameters.
Read From config file configuration file.

ERROR IGMP Snoop init:Failed to call Invalid IGMP Snooping Reboot the device or
router port aging time Ioctl parameters read from Reconfigure IGMP
configuration file. Snooping parameters.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 146

Alarm Traps 4
4.1 Trap Groups
4.1.1 Interface Traps

Trap Severity Description

wirelessInterfaceCardInitFailure Critical This trap is generated when the wireless interface card
fails to initialize.

wirelessinterfaceCardRadarInterference Major This trap is generated when radar interference is

Detected detected in the current operating channel of the
wireless interface.

wirelessInterfaceChannelChanged Informational This trap is generated when the current operating

channel of the wireless interface is changed.

wirelessInterfaceStationDissAssociation Informational This trap is generated when an SU dissociates from a

BSU.

4.1.2 Security Traps

Trap Severity Description

authenticationFailure Major This trap is generated when an SU/End Point B

authentication failure occurs. The authentication failure
can occur while using any of the following security
mechanisms:
– MAC Access Control Table
– RADIUS MAC Authentication
– 802.1x Authentication specifying the
EAP-Type
– WORP Mutual Authentication
– SSID Authorization failure specifying the SSID
– ID Authorization Failure specifying the ID

4.1.3 Operational Traps

Trap Severity Description

imageDownloadFailed Critical This trap is generated when the image download

operation fails.

signatureCheckFailed Critical This trap is generated when the signature check fails
while downloading the image.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 147

 Alarm Traps

Trap Severity Description

configurationAppliedSuccessfully Major This trap is generated when commit operation has

passed, that is, the changes in the device configuration
are applied successfully.

moduleNotInitialized Major This trap is generated when a certain software or

hardware module has not been initialized or failed to
initialize.

deviceRebooting Informational This trap is generated when the device receives a

request to reboot.

suEthernetStatusUp Informational This trap is generated by an SU when the ethernet

interface is UP.

suEthernetStatusDown Informational This trap is generated by an SU when the ethernet

interface is DOWN.

4.1.4 System Traps

Trap Severity Description

invalidConfigFile Major This trap is generated when an invalid image is loaded

on the device.

ramMemoryThresholdExceeded Critical This trap is generated when the RAM memory is full or
beyond the limit.

pxmModulesInitSuccess Major This trap is generated when all the PXM modules are
successfully initialized.

sysMgmtModulesInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the SYSMGMT module fails
to initialize.

ModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the module fails to

initialize.

sysutilsModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the SYSUTILS module fails
to initialize.

tftpModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the TFTP module fails to
initialize.

sntpModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the SNTP module fails to
initialize.

syslogModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the SYSLOG module fails to
initialize.

wlanModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the WLAN module fails to
initialize.

flashModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the FLASH module fails to
initialize.

snmpModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the SNMP module fails to
initialize.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 148

 Alarm Traps

Trap Severity Description

systemTempReachedLimits Major This trap is generated when the system temperature

reaches the maximum/minimum limits or the proximity
of the maximum/minimum limits.

dhcpRelayModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the DHCP Relay module
fails to initialize.

dhcpServerModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the DHCP Server module
fails to initialize.

staticNATModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the Static NAT module fails
to initialize.

licenseModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the License module fails to
initialize.

systemFeatureModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the System feature module
fails to initialize.

mgmtAccessModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the Management Access

module fails to initialize.

routingModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the Routing module fails to
initialize.

pppoeModuleSessionConnected Major This trap is generated when the PPPoE session is

established.

pppoeModuleSessionDisconnected Major This trap is generated when the PPPoE session

disconnects.

pppoeModuleInitFailure Major This trap is generated when the PPPoE module fails to
initialize.

4.1.5 SNTP Traps

Trap Severity Description

SNTPFailure Major This trap is generated when the SNTP fails to obtain
time from the SNTP server.

4.1.6 Image Traps

Trap Severity Description

invalidImage Major This trap is generated when an invalid image is

uploaded, or the image file is too large or incompatible.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 149

 Alarm Traps

4.1.7 Network Traps

Trap Severity Description

pppoeIPAddress Major This trap is generated whenever PPPoE session is

established and the PPPoE server assigns an IP address
to the wireless interface.

4.1.8 TFTP Traps

Trap Severity Description

tftpFailedOperation Major This trap is generated when a failure occurs with the
TFTP operation.

tftpOperationInitiated Informational This trap is generated when a TFTP operation is

initiated.

tftpOperationCompleted Informational This trap is generated when a TFTP operation is

completed.

4.1.9 WORP Traps

Trap Severity Description

worpStationRegister Informational This trap is generated when an SU/End Point B registers

with a BSU/End Point A respectively.

worpStationDeregister Informational This trap is generated when an SU/End Point B

de-registers with a BSU/End Point A respectively.

worpErrorCountThresholdReached Informational This trap is generated by the BSU/End Point A and

SU/End Point B, when WORP error counter reaches the
user configured threshold.

rssiDropThresholdReached Informational This trap is generated by an SU when the RSSI level drop
is greater than or equal to the user configured
threshold.

4.1.10 Spectrum Analyzer Traps

Trap Severity Description

spectrumAnalyzerStartAndStop Informational This trap is generated when Spectrum Analyzer starts or

stops.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 150

RADIUS Server Configuration 5
This chapter describes how to configure RADIUS Server on Proxim devices by using Windows 2003 RADIUS Server and Free
RADIUS Server as an example.

5.1 Windows 2003 RADIUS Server

The RADIUS Server configuration includes the following four steps:
1. Adding a RADIUS Client
2. Creating Active Directory Users
3. Creating a Security Group
4. Creating a New Remote Access Policy
As an example, to configure QoS parameters on an SU through RADIUS server, the following configuration steps should be
followed.

Step 1: Add a RADIUS Client

To add a RADIUS Client (Say, Base Station), do the following:

• Navigate to Start > Programs > Administrative Tools> Internet Authentication Service.
• Go to Internet Authentication Service (local) and right click RADIUS Clients.
• Click New RADIUS Client. The New RADIUS Client screen appears:

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 151

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Provide a user friendly name for the RADIUS client (Say, MP-8100-BSU1) and provide an IP Address for the client.
• Click Next. The following screen appears:

• Configure and confirm the shared secret for the RADIUS client. Ensure that the same shared secret is configured on
the Base Station, also.
• Click Finish.
• The RADIUS Client (MP-8100-BSU1) is added to the RADIUS clients list as shown in the following screen:

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 152

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• To edit the RADIUS client configurations, right click MP-8100-BSU1 and click Properties. The MP-8100-BSU1
Properties screen appears, where you can edit the configurations.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 153

 RADIUS Server Configuration

Step 2: Creating Active Directory Users

To create a user (Say, Subscriber-1), do the following:

• Navigate to Start > Programs > Administrative Tools > Active Directory users.

• Go to Active Directory users and Computers and right click Users.

• Click New and then User.
• The New Object - User screen appears:

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 154

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Provide the following details:

— First name of the user
— Last name of the user (optional)
— User logon name: The wireless MAC address of the user (Say, 0012CF159A7A)

: In case of a legacy device (belonging to the MP.11 family), provide a hypen (-) after the three octets in
the wireless MAC address. (Say 0012CF-159A7A).

• Click Next.

• Give the same Wireless MAC Address (User logon name) as the password and confirm it.

: In case of a legacy device (belonging to the MP.11 family), the password is the shared secret.

• Select Password Never Expires and click Next.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 155

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Click Finish. The user (Subscriber-1) is added to the users list.

• Right click Subscriber-1 and select Properties. The Subscriber-1 Properties screen appears.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 156

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Go to Dial-In tab, and select Allow Access. Click Apply and then OK.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 157

 RADIUS Server Configuration

Step 3: Create a Security Group

To create a security group, do the following:

• Go to Active Directory users and Computers and right click Users.
• Click New and select Group. The New Object - Group screen appears:

• Give a group name (Say, QoS_CAM) and click OK.

• The security group QoS_CAM is added to the group list.
• To edit the security group configurations, right click QoS_CAM and select Properties.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 158

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• The QoS_CAM Properties screen appears. Select the Members tab and click Add. The “Select Users, Contacts, or
Computers” screen appears:

• Type the desired user name and click Check Names.

• A list of matching user names appear. Select the user name from the list and click OK.

• Click Apply and then OK.

• The security group (QoS_CAM) is added to the Users list.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 159

 RADIUS Server Configuration

Step 4: Create a New Remote Access Policy

To configure a remote access policy on the RADIUS server, do the following:

• Go to Authentication Service (local) in Internet Authentication Service screen.
• Right click Remote Access Policy and select New Remote Access Policy. The New Remote Access Policy Wizard
screen appears.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 160

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Click Next. The New Remote Access Policy Wizard screen appears:

• Select Set up a custom policy and give a desired remote access policy name (Say, QoS_CAM Policy)
• Click Next and then click Add.
• The Select Attribute screen appears, which displays a list of attributes.

• Select the Windows-Groups and click Add.

• Click Add in the Groups screen. The Select Groups screen appears:

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 161

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Type the keyword to search the desired group, and click Check names.
• Select the desired group name (QoS CAM) and click OK. The selected group QoS CAM is added
• Click OK.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 162

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Click Next. The New Remote Access Policy - Permissions screen appears:

• Select Grant Remote Access Permissions and click Next.

• Next, click Edit Profile. The Edit Dial-in Profile screen appears:

• Click the Authentication tab.

• Select the Unencrypted authentication, and de-select all the other security options.
• Click Apply.

Add Vendor-Specific Attributes

The QoS attributes that can be configured on an SU through a RADIUS server are as follows:

Name of the attribute Vendor Attribute Attribute Value

Assigned Format
Attribute
Number

QoS Class Index 34 Decimal 1–8

QoS Class SU Table Status 35 Decimal 1 – Enable / 2 – Disable

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 163

 RADIUS Server Configuration

As an example, follow the following steps to add QoS Class Index vendor attributes in the RADIUS server.
• Go to the Advanced tab in the Edit Dial-in Profile screen.

• Click Add, to add vendor specific attributes.

• The Add Attribute screen with a list of attributes is displayed.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 164

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Select Vendor-Specific RADIUS Standard and click Add. The Multivalued Attribute Information screen appears.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 165

 RADIUS Server Configuration

• Click Add. The Vendor-Specific Attribute Information screen appears.

• Select Enter Vendor Code and enter 841 as Proxim’s vendor code.
• Click Yes. It conforms to specify that this code conforms to the RADIUS RFC
• Click Configure Attribute. The Configure VSA (RFC Compliant) screen appears:

• Enter Vendor Assigned Attribute Number (Say, 34 for QoS Class Index).
• Select the Attribute Format (Say, Decimal for QoS Class Index).
• Enter the Attribute Value (Say, any value ranging from 1-8 for QoS Class Index).
• Click OK.

Finally, the new remote access policy (QoS_CAM Policy) is created and added to the Remote Access Policy list.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 166

 RADIUS Server Configuration

5.2 FreeRADIUS Server Configuration

FreeRADIUS server helps to authenticate clients, by supporting a wide range of authentication mechanisms. You can
download FreeRADIUS server from the internet. We have taken FreeRADIUS Server Version 2.1.10 run on the linux
operating system Fedora Core 14 as an example, to explain the configuration in this chapter.
Once you have installed the FreeRADIUS server from the Internet, open the RADIUS server directory “raddb” file, by using
the cd command. Let’s say, the RADIUS server is installed at location /usr/local/etc/, then the following command
allows you to open the raddb directory.
# cd /usr/local/etc/raddb

Figure 5-1 Open RADIUS Server

After opening the raddb directory, follow the following step-by-step procedure to configure RADIUS server and
vendor-specific attributes.
The FreeRADIUS Server configuration includes the following four steps:
1. Configure BSU as a RADIUS Client
2. Configure Proxim Dictionary File
3. Configure SU Attributes
4. Run the FreeRADIUS Server

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 167

 RADIUS Server Configuration

Step-1: Configure BSU as a RADIUS Client

To configure a particular BSU as a RADIUS Client on the FreeRADIUS server, do the following:
1. Open the client configuration file clients.conf, by using the vim command.
cd /usr/local/etc/raddb/
[root@localhost raddb]# vim clients.conf
The current clients.conf file is displayed.
2. Edit the file and add the following commands:

client 169.254.128.132/24 {
secret = public123
shortname = private-network-2
While, 169.254.128.132/24 is the IP address of
the BSU.
}

: Ensure that the ‘secret’ is same as the ‘shared-secret’ (default value: public123) that is configured in the web
interface. See RADIUS.

Figure 5-2 Modifying the Shared Secret Key

Step-2: Configure Proxim Dictionary File

To configure the Proxim dictionary file, follow the following two steps:
• Copy “dictionary.proxim” File
• Add Reference in the Master Dictionary File

Copy “dictionary.proxim” File

• Download the dictionary.proxim file from our support site http://my.proxim.com, or create a new dictionary file
‘dictionary.proxim’, by copying the vendor-specific attribute values from Dictionary File.
• Save the dictionary.proxim file at location /usr/local/share/freeradius

: ‘dictionary.proxim’ file contains a list of RADIUS attributes and values, that the server uses to map between descriptive
names and on-the-wire data.

Add Reference in the Master Dictionary File

The master dictionary file is located at usr/local/etc/raddb/, that references other dictionary files located at
/usr/local/share/freeradius. Modify the master dictionary file by using the vim editor as shown below.
• [root@localhost raddb]# vim dictionary ; This displays the dictionary file.
• Add the following command:

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 168

 RADIUS Server Configuration

$ Include /usr/local/share/freeradius/dictionary.proxim
• Save the modified dictionary file at the same path.
Once you configure the Proxim dictionary file, you can configure the vendor-specific attributes and run the RADIUS server.

Step-3: Configure SU Attributes

To configure an SU as a user and configure vendor-specific attributes, follow the following two steps.
• Configure SU as User
• Configure SU with Vendor-Specific Attributes

Configure SU as User
1. Open the current “users” file from the location /usr/local/etc/raddb/.
2. Modify the following commands in the“users” file:
"0020A6b71b2d” Cleartext-Password: = "0020A6b71b2d", Auth-Type: = Accept

While,
— “0020A6b71b2d” is the wireless MAC address of the SU, that is used as both user name and password.
— Auth-Type is type of the user authentication. While,
Auth-Type: = Accept ; Accepts the user.
Auth-Type: = Reject ; Rejects the user.

Figure 5-3 Configure SU as User - Modify MAC Address

Configure SU with Vendor-Specific Attributes

To configure the vendor-specific attributes at the SU end, modify the following commands in the “users” file:

Proxim_E1__MODE = "2"

Proxim_E1_Access__ID = "200"

Proxim_E1_Access__Pri = "3"

Proxim_QoS_Class_Index = "2"

Proxim_QoS_Class_SU_Status = "1"

While,
— Proxim_E1__MODE is type of the network mode, that is the mode.
— Proxim_E1_Access__ID is the value of the ID assigned to an SU.
— Proxim_E1_Access__Pri is priority assigned to the interface.
— Proxim_QoS_Class_Index is the index value of a QoS Class.
— Proxim_QoS_Class_SU_Status is the status of QoS class index. (Enable/Disable)

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 169

 RADIUS Server Configuration

Figure 5-4 Configure SU with Vendor-Specific Attributes

For more information on the above three vendor-specific attributes and its values, please refer to Add Vendor-Specific
Attributes and Tsunami 800 and 8000 Series - Software Management Guide.

Step-4: Run the FreeRADIUS Server

Once, the vendor specific attribute values are configured, run the RADIUS server by using the following command.
[root@localhost raddb]# radiusd -X

Figure 5-5 FreeRADIUS Server - Ready to Process Requests

Once the RADIUS server is ready to process the requests, SU should be able to connect to the BSU.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 170

 RADIUS Server Configuration

5.2.1 Dictionary File

Copy the vendor specific attributes and attribute values tabulated below as is, to create the “dictionary.proxim” file.

# Proxim Attributes

VENDOR Proxim 841

BEGIN-VENDOR Proxim

# SU Management and Ethernet 1 Parameters

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1__MODE 4 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_SU__NAME 5 string

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_Access__ID 6 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_Access__Pri 7 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_Mgmt__ID 8 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_Mgmt__Pri 9 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_01 10 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_02 11 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_03 12 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_04 13 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_05 14 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_06 15 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_07 16 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_08 17 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_09 18 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_10 19 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_11 20 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_12 21 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_13 22 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_14 23 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_15 24 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_16 25 integer

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 171

 RADIUS Server Configuration

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_SU__Table_Status 26 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_Service__ID 32 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_Service__Pri 33 integer

# QoS Attributes

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_QoS_Class_Index 34 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_QoS_Class_SU_Status 35 integer

# The attributes listed above are applicable to Tsunami MP/QB 8XXX/8xx

# series and MP.11/QB.11 series products. While, the attributes listed
# below are applicable to Tsunami MP/QB 8XXX/8xx series products only.

# SU Ethernet 2 parameters

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2__MODE 40 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_Access__ID 41 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_Access__Pri 42 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_01 43 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_02 44 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_03 45 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_04 46 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_05 47 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_06 48 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_07 49 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_08 50 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_09 51 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_TrunkID_10 52 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_11 53 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_12 54 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_13 55 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_14 56 integer

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 172

 RADIUS Server Configuration

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_15 57 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_TrunkID_16 58 integer

# QinQ Attributes

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_QinQ_Status 59 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_Service__TPID 60 integer

# Trunk mode Port ID

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_Port__ID 61 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_Port__Pri 62 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_Allow_Untag 63 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_Port__ID 64 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_Port__Pri 65 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_Allow_Untag 66 integer

# Access Mode Allow untagged traffic

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E1_SU_Allow_Untag_Mgmt 68 integer

ATTRIBUTE Proxim_E2_SU_Allow_Untag_Mgmt 69 integer

END-VENDOR Proxim

: It is strongly recommended to retain the attribute values listed above as is.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 173

An Example - Routing Mode Configuration 6
In the following diagram, for the Host 1 on the SU side to access Internet, the following configuration should be done on a
BSU and SU respectively:

Figure 6-1 An Example - Routing Configuration

BSU Configuration
1. Log on to BSU through a web interface.
2. Upon successful logon, navigate to ADVANCED CONFIGURATION > System and change the Network Mode to
Routing.
3. To apply the changes, click COMMIT.
4. Next, to reboot the device, click REBOOT.
5. Now, navigate to ADVANCED CONFIGURATION > Network > IP Configuration.
6. In the IP Configuration screen,
– Ethernet: It is the public IP address provided by an ISP
– Wireless: It is the public IP address provided by an ISP.

: Please ensure that the ethernet and wireless public IP addresses are configured on different subnets.

– Gateway: The default router address must be the IP address of the device that provides Internet service.
7. Click OK.
8. To apply the changes, click COMMIT.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 174

 An Example - Routing Mode Configuration

9. Next, to reboot the device, click REBOOT.

SU Configuration
1. Log on to SU through a web interface.
2. Upon successful logon, navigate to ADVANCED CONFIGURATION > System and change the Network Mode to
Routing.
3. To apply the changes, click COMMIT.
4. Next, to reboot the device, click REBOOT.
5. Now, navigate to ADVANCED CONFIGURATION > Network > IP Configuration.
6. In the IP Configuration screen,
– Ethernet: The ethernet IP address must be configured in the same subnet as Host1. (In the diagram, the ethernet
address is 192.168.9.1/24)
– Wireless: It is the public IP address configured by an ISP.

: The wireless IP of the SU and wireless IP of the BSU should be configured in the same subnet.

– Gateway: The default router address should be the BSUs wireless IP address.
7. Click OK.
8. Navigate to ADVANCED CONFIGURATION > Network > NAT and enable NAT.
9. Click OK.
10. Click REBOOT.

: To establish a network in routing mode with End Point A and End Point B, follow the same procedure explained above
where End Point A acts as a BSU and End Point B acts as a SU.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 175

Glossary 7
A

Address Realm An address realm is a network domain in which the network addresses are
uniquely assigned to entities such that datagrams can be routed to them.

Antenna Beamwidth Antenna beam width is the peak-to-peak angle overlaying the maximum
gain beam of the antenna at which its gain is reduced by 3 dB. Contrary to
popular belief, the 3 dB gain beam-width of an antenna does not
represent its interference beam-width, which is significantly wider. For
example, a typical 2-foot parabolic antenna at 5.8 GHz has 28 dBi of gain,
and a typical beam-width of 6 degrees. However, as an interference
source, it radiates with 25 dBi of gain over a 6 degree area, 10 dBi of gain
over a 32 degree area, and 2 dBi gain over a 170 degree area.

Antenna Gain Antenna gain is the amount of increase in signal strength (in decibels) that
results from an antenna concentrating its radiated signal into a given
direction, when compared to the gain of a reference antenna. As antenna
gain increases in a given direction, its radiated “beam-width” becomes
narrower in one or more aspects.

Application Level Gateway (ALG) An Application Level Gateway is an application-specific translation agent
that provides the required transparency for an application running on a
host in a private network to connect to its counterpart running on a host
in the public network. The NAT feature requires an ALG to support certain
applications.

ARP The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is intended to find the MAC
address belonging to an IP address.

ATPC If Adaptive Transmit Power Control (ATPC) is enabled, then the device
automatically adjusts the transmit power to avoid saturation of remote
receiver, which could cause data errors leading to lower throughput and
link outage. If disabled, user can manually adjust the transmit power.

Authentication Method The process the unit uses to decide whether a station that wants to
register is allowed or not. IEEE 802.11 specifies two forms of
authentication: open system and shared key; WORP only supports shared
key because of security constraints.

Authentication Server “Shared This is a kind of password shared between the unit and the RADIUS
Secret” authentication server. This password is used to encrypt important data
exchanged between the unit and the RADIUS server.

Authentication Server Authentication This is a UDP port number (default is 1812), which is used to connect to
Port the authentication server for obtaining authentication information.

Auto-Negotiation A signaling method that lets each node define its operational mode and
detect the operational mode of the adjacent node. Auto-negotiation can
be used in dual-function 10/100 Mbps Ethernet adapters. The process
happens out-of-band with no loss of network throughput.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 176

 Glossary

Backbone The central part of a network. The backbone network connects all remote
and sub networks to each other and to the central infrastructure (such as
the mail server, Internet gateway, and so on).

Base If an interface is running in Outdoor mode (WORP), it is either a base or a

subscriber interface. A base interface controls the communication on the
channel and is located in the central part of the network cell. Multiple SUs
can connect to one base. Two bases cannot communicate with each
other.

Broadcast Storm A broadcast storm is a large series of broadcast packets (most often
caused by wrong network configuration) that severely impact the network
performance.

Client IP Address Pool This a pool of IP addresses from which the unit can assign IP addresses to
clients, which perform a DHCP Request.

Configuration Files A configuration file contains the unit configuration details. Configuration
items include, among others, the IP address and other network-specific
values. Configuration files may be uploaded to a TFTP server for backup
and downloaded into the unit for restoring the configuration.

DDRS With DDRS enabled, the device adjusts the transmission data rate to an
optimal value to provide the best possible throughput according to the
current communication conditions and link quality.

DHCP Relay Agent A feature of the unit that intercepts DHCP requests from clients and
forwards them to a DHCP server. For the client, the DHCP Relay Agent of
the unit functions like a DHCP server. This enables DHCP requests to pass
router boundaries. For example, it is not required to have a DHCP server
on every IP subnet.

Domain Name Server (DNS) A domain name server is an Internet service that translates domain names
into IP addresses. For example, www.ietf.org is translated into 4.17.168.6.

Download Downloading a file means copying a file from a remote server to a device
or host. In case of the unit, downloading means transferring a file from a
TFTP server to the unit.

Downstream Downstream means a data stream from the central part of the network to
the end user. See also Upstream.

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) is a method to dynamically
assign IP addresses. If DHCP is enabled, the device or computer broadcasts
a request that is answered by a DHCP Server.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 177

 Glossary

Earth Ground A proper earth ground is a conductive attachment point that presents very
low impedance, path to earth ground that has broadband characteristics.
The power utility ground does not necessarily constitute (although in
some cases it may) a proper earth ground for communication systems,
since it is only intended to be a safety return path for the 60 Hz
commercial AC power system.

Encryption Encryption is a means of coding data with a key before sending it across a
network. The same key must be used to decode the information at the
receiver. This way, it prevents unauthorized access to the data that is sent
across the network.

End Point A An End Point A is a node in a Point-to-Point link which controls the
channel and authenticates a single end node termed End Point B.

End Point B An End Point B is a node in a Point-to-Point link which can register with
the End Point A node only. Its behavior is controlled by the End Point A to
which it is authenticated.

Ethernet Ethernet is the most widely installed Local Area Network (LAN)
technology. The unit supports both 10 and 100 Mbps and half and full
duplex.

Gateway A gateway is network device that connects multiple (IP) networks to each
other. A gateway can perform protocol conversion.

Group A group is a logical collection of network parameters. For example, the

System Group is composed of several parameters and tables giving system
information of the unit. All items for a group are grouped under one tab
of the Web Interface and start with the same prefix for the command line
interface.

HTTP Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is the protocol to transport Web pages.
When you access the Internet with your browser, the HTTP protocol is
used for data transport. When you access the unit using the Web
Interface, HTTP is used to transport the information.

ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is used by computers and

devices to report errors encountered during processing packets, and to
perform other IP-layer functions, such as diagnostics (‘ping’).

IGMP Snooping With IGMP Snooping enabled on the device, multicast traffic is only
forwarded to ports that are members of the specific multicast group. By
forwarding the traffic only to the destined ports, reduces unnecessary load
on devices to process packets.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 178

 Glossary

Image The image is the binary executable of the embedded unit software. To
update the unit, you must download a new image file.

IP Address A unique numerical address of a computer attached to the Internet or

Intranet. An IP (Internet Protocol) address consists of a network part and
part for a host (computer) number. An IP address is represented by four
numbers in the range 0 - 255 separated by dots: for example, 10.0.10.1
and 172.21.43.214. See also Subnet Mask.

LAN A Local Area Network (LAN) is a network of limited size to which

computers and devices can connect so that they can communicate with
each other.

License File A license file is used to enable certain features of the unit. The unit already
has a license file when it is shipped. When more features become
available, you can purchase a license file and download it to the unit to
enable these additional features.

MAC Media Access Control

MAC Address A MAC (Media Access Control) address is a globally unique network
device address, which is hardware bound. It is used to identify a network
device in a LAN. A MAC address is represented by six two-digit
hexadecimal numbers (0 - 9 and A - F) separated by colons: for example
00:02:2D:47:1F:71 and 00:D0:AB:00:01:AC.

Management Information Block A Management Information Block (MIB) is a formal description of a set of
(MIB) network objects that can be managed with the Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP). A MIB can be loaded by a management
application so that it knows the unit specific objects.

Media Independent Interface (MII) A standard interface between the MAC layer and any of the three physical
layers (100 Base-TX, 100 Base-T4, and 100 Base-FX) for Fast Ethernet,
similar to the AUI interface for traditional Ethernet.

Network Address Translation Network Address Translation is a method by which IP addresses are
mapped from one address realm to another, providing transparent
routing to end hosts.

Network Mask See Subnet Mask

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 179

 Glossary

Parameter A parameter is fundamental value that can be displayed and changed. For
example, the unit must have a unique IP address and the PC Cards must
know which channels to use. You can view and change parameters with
the Web Interface, command line interface, and SNMP.

Password The unit is password protected. To access the unit, you need to enter a
password before you can view or change its settings. The default
password is ‘public’.

Ping Ping is a basic Internet program that lets you verify if a particular computer
or device with a certain IP address is reachable. If the computer or device
receives the ping packet, it responds to it, which gives the ping program
the opportunity to display the round-trip time.

PPPoE A network protocol for transmitting PPP frames over Ethernet.

QoS The Quality of Service (QoS) feature is based on the 802.16 standard and
defines the classes, service flows, and packet identification rules for
specific types of traffic. The main priority of QoS is to guarantee a reliable
and adequate transmission quality for all types of traffic under conditions
of high congestion and bandwidth over-subscription.

Radio Link Test Tool This tool helps to measure and diagnose any performance issues in the
wireless link.

Received Signal Strength Indicator The RSSI LEDs glow based on the received signal strength value.
(RSSI)

Remote A remote is a base or a subscriber interface. For a base interface, the

number of remotes is the number of SUs registered. For a subscriber
interface, there is only one remote, which is the base.

RIP Routing Information Protocol (RIP) is used between routers to update

routing information so that a router automatically ‘knows’ which port to
use for a certain destination IP address.

Router Routers forward packets from one network to another based on routing
information. A router uses a dynamic routing protocol like RIP or static
routes to base its forwarding decision on.

ScanTool A computer program that can be used to retrieve or set the IP address of a
locally connected unit.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 180

 Glossary

Simple Network Management A protocol used for the communication between a network management
Protocol (SNMP) application and the devices it is managing. The network management
application is called the SNMP manager and the devices it manages will
have SNMP agents. Not only the unit but also almost every network device
contains a SNMP agent. The manageable objects of a device are arranged
in a Management Information Base, also called MIB. The Simple Network
Management Protocol (SNMP) allows managers and agents to
communicate for accessing these objects.

Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) can be used to create redundant
networks (“hot standby”) and to prevent loops. If enabled, spanning tree
prevents loops by disabling redundant links. If a link fails, it can
automatically enable a backup link.

STP Shielded Twisted Pair

Subnet Mask A subnet mask is a bit mask that defines which part of an IP address is
used for the network part and which part for a host (computer) number.
A subnet mask is like an IP address represented by four numbers in the
range 0 - 255 separated by dots. When the IP address 172.17.23.14 has a
subnet mask of 255.255.255.0, the network part is 172.17.23 and the
host number is 14. See also IP Address.

Subscriber Unit If an interface is running in outdoor mode (WORP), it is either a base or a

subscriber interface. Subscriber interface behavior is controlled by the
base to which it is registered. SUs are located in the remote locations of a
network cell. Multiple SUs can connect to one base; two SUs cannot
communicate with each other. See also WORP and Base.

System Gain Radio system gain is the sum of transmitter gain plus its corresponding
receiver gain. For example, a transmitter having a power output of 20
dBm combined with a receiver having a threshold sensitivity of – 80 dBm
results in a radio system gain of 100 dB.

Antenna System Gain: Antenna system gain is the net (combined) gain
of a transmitting antenna plus the gain of a receiving antenna, minus the
loss of the cables that connect the transmitter and receiver to their
respective antennas. For example, at 5.8 GHz, a two-foot dish antenna
has a nominal gain of 28 dBi, and low-loss cable has a loss of 6 dB/100
feet. Therefore the antenna system gain for a pair of two-foot dishes and
100 feet of low-loss cable would be 50 dB (28 + 28 – 6).

Total System Gain: Total system gain is the sum of antenna system gain
plus radio system gain.

Net System Gain: Net system gain is the amount of system gain left after
the effect of free-space and all other propagation losses have been
subtracted from the total system gain. The net system gain (if a positive
number) is also referred to as Fade Margin.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 181

 Glossary

System Ground The purpose of a system ground is to provide a low impedance path to
ground for electronic noise, energy from lightning strikes, and potential
“differences of potential” between the different pieces of equipment at
an installation site. Electronic noise can range in frequency from just
above DC to well over 100 MHz. The energy in lightning is distributed
across a frequency range of 10 KHz to well over 100 MHz. Therefore, an
effective ground path for this “broad band” of energy has to be much
wider than the “narrow band” 60 Hz AC power utility ground
requirements.

Table Tables hold parameters for several related items. For example, you can
add several potential managers to the SNMP IP access table. Tables can be
displayed using the Web Interface, command line interface, and SNMP.

Topology Topology is the physical layout of network components (cable, stations,

gateways, hubs, and so on).

Transparent Routing Transparent routing refers to routing a datagram between disparate

address realms, by modifying address contents in the IP header to be valid
in the address realm into which the datagram is routed.

Trap A trap is used within SNMP to report an unexpected or unallowable

condition.

Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) Trivial File Transfer Protocol (TFTP) is a lightweight protocol for transferring
files that is like a simple form of File Transfer Protocol (FTP). A TFTP client is
implemented on the unit. Using the upload and download commands, the
unit can copy a file to or from a TFTP server. TFTP server software is
provided on the product CD-ROM.

Upload Uploading a file means copying a file from a network device to a remote
server. In case of the unit, uploading means transferring a file from the
unit to a TFTP server. See also Download.

Upstream Upstream means a data stream from the end users to the central part of
the network. See also Downstream.

UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair

The Virtual Local Area Network () feature helps in logical grouping of

network host on different physical LAN segments, which can
communicate with each other as if they are all on the same physical LAN
segment.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 182

 Glossary

WEP The Wired Equivalent Privacy (WEP) algorithm is the standard encryption
method used to protect wireless communication from eavesdropping.

WORP The Wireless Outdoor Router Protocol (WORP) designed by Proxim to

optimize long distance links and multipoint networks with hidden node
effect to eliminate collisions and loss of bandwidth.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 183

Abbreviations 8
A
ACL Access Control List

ACS Automatic Channel Selection

AES Advanced Encryption Standard

ALG Application Level Gateway

ARP Address Resolution Protocol

ATPC Adaptive Transmit Power Control

B
BSU Base Station Unit

C
CCP Compression Control Protocol

CHAP Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol

CLI Command Line Interface

CIR Committed Information Rate

CPE Customer Premises Equipment

CRC Cyclic Redundancy Check

D
DDRS Dynamic Data Rate Selection

DES Data Encryption Standard

DFS Dynamic Frequency Selection

DHCP Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol

DNS Domain Name System

DSL Digital Subscriber Line

E
EIRP Equivalent Isotropically Radiated Power

EOL End of Life

ETSI European Telecommunications Standards Institute

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 184

 Abbreviations

F
FCC Federal Communications Commission

G
Gbps Gigabit Per Second

GPL General Public License

GRE Generic Routing Encapsulation

H
HTTP HyperText Transfer Protocol

HTTPS HyperText Transfer Protocol Secure

I
IANA Internet Assigned Numbers Authority

IAS Internet Authentication Service

IC Industry Canada

ICMP Internet Control Message Protocol

IGMP Internet Group Management Protocol

ISP Internet Service Provider

ITS Intelligent Transportation System

L
LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol

LAN Local Area Network

LCP Link Configuration Protocol

LED Light Emitting Diode

LGPL Lesser General Public License

M
MAN Metropolitan Area Networks

Mbps Megabits Per Second

MD5 Message-Digest algorithm

MIB Management Information Base

MIMO Multiple-input and multiple-output

MIR Maximum Information Rate

MP Multipoint

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 185

 Abbreviations

MPPE Microsoft Point-to-Point Encryption

MSCHAP v2 Microsoft Challenge-Handshake Authentication Protocol

MTU Maximum Transmission Unit

N
NAPT Network Address Port Translation

NAT Network Address Translation

NBD Next Business Day

NCP Network Control Protocol

NMS Network Management System

NOP Non Occupancy Period

O
OID Object Identifiers

P
PAP Password Authentication Protocol

PC Personal Computer

PoE Power Over Ethernet

PPPoE Point-to-point Protocol over Ethernet

PTMP Point-to-multipoint

PTP Point-to-point

PVES ProximVision ES

Q
QB Quick Bridge

QoS Quality of Service

R
RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service

RAM Random Access Memory

RAS Remote Access Services

RF Radio Frequency

RIP Routing Information Protocol

RMA Returned from Customer

RLT Radio Link Test

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 186

 Abbreviations

RSSI Received Signal Strength Indicator

S
SHA Secure Hash Algorithm

SKU Stock Keeping Unit

SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol

SNR Signal-to-noise Ratio

SNTP Simple Network Time Protocol

SSH Secure Shell

SSL Secure Socket Layer

STP Spanning Tree Protocol

SU Subscriber Unit

T
TBC Text Based Configuration

TCP Transmission Control Protocol

TFTP Trivial File Transfer Protocol

TKIP Temporal Key Integrity Protocol

TPC Transmit Power Control

TPID Tag Protocol Identifier

TTL Time to Live

U
UDP User Datagram Protocol

USM User Security Model

UTP Unshielded Twisted Pair

V
Virtual Local Area Network

W
WEP Wired Equivalent Privacy

WORP Wireless Outdoor Router Protocol

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 187

Warranty and Technical Support Policy 9
For Warranty and Technical Support Policy, please visit http://proxim.com/support

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Recommended Antenna Guide 188

Technical Services and Support 10
Obtaining Technical Service and Support
If you are having trouble using the Proxim product, please read this manual and the additional documentation provided with
your product. If you require additional support to resolve your issue, please be ready to provide the following information
before you contact Proxim’s Technical Services team:
• Product information
– Part number and serial number of the suspected faulty device
• Trouble/error information
– Trouble/symptom being experienced
– Activities completed to confirm fault
– Network information (What kind of network are you using?)
– Circumstances that preceded or led up to the error
– Message or alarms viewed
– Steps taken to reproduce the problem
• ServPak information (if a Servpak customer):
– ServPak account number
• Registration information
– If the product is not registered, date and location where you purchased the product

: Technical Support is free for the warranty period from the date of purchase.

Support Options
Proxim eService Web Site Support
The Proxim eService Web site is available 7x24x365 at http://my.proxim.com.
On the Proxim eService Web Site, you can access the following services:
• Product Download Page: Provides quick links to product firmware, software, and documentation downloads.
• Proxim TV Links: A link to helpful video tutorials.
• Knowledgebase: A solution database of all the resolved problems. You can search by product, category, keywords,
or phrases.
• Live Chat: Chat with a support technician on-line or request to call back at a later time.
• Create a Support Request: Create a support request with our technical support staff who will reply to you by email.
• Case Management: Login to check the status of your support cases, update your personal profile, or access
restricted information and features.
• Provide Feedback: Submit a suggestion, complaint, or other feedback about the support site and our products.

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 189

 Technical Services and Support

Telephone Support
Contact technical support via telephone as follows:
USA and Canada Customers
• Phone: +1-408-383-7700; +1-866-674-6626
• Business Hours: 24x7 live response. Tier 3 support: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. M-F PDT (UTC/GMT -7 hrs)
International Customers
• Phone: +1-408-383-7700; 0800-916475 (France); 8-800-100-9485 (Russia)
• Business Hours: 24x7 live response. Tier 3 support: 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. M-F PDT (UTC/GMT -7 hrs)

ServPak Support
To provide even greater investment protection, Proxim Wireless offers a cost-effective support program called ServPak.
ServPak is a program of enhanced service support options that can be purchased as a bundle or individually, tailored to meet
your specific needs. Whether your requirement is round the clock technical support or advance replacement service, we are
confident that the level of support provided in every service in our portfolio will exceed your expectations.
All ServPak service bundles are sold as service contracts that provide coverage for specific products from 1 to 3 years. Servpak
bundles are considered an upgrade to the standard product warranty and not an extension.

24x7 Basic Technical Basic Advanced Priority Advanced Priority Comprehensive

Support Replacement Replacement Advance Replacement
(Two business days/ (Next business day/ (Next business day/
International economy International priority International priority
shipment service) shipment service) shipment service)

8x7 Advanced Technical 24x7 Advanced Technical 24x7 Advanced Technical

Support Support Support

Software Maintenance Proxim Vision Proxim Vision

Support Support

Access to Knowledge Post-Installation

Base Optimization

50% discount on Onsite

Technical Support and
Services

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 190

 Technical Services and Support

Additional Information on ServPak Options

Advanced Replacement of Hardware
In the event of a hardware failure, our guaranteed turnaround time for return to factory repair is 30 days or less. Customers
who purchase this service are guaranteed replacement of refurbished or new hardware to be shipped out within one or two
business days, as applicable. Options are available for shipment services depending on the customer’s support needs.
Hardware is shipped on business days, Monday – Friday excluding Holidays, 8:00 AM – 3:30 PM Eastern Time.

Comprehensive Advanced Replacement of Hardware

In addition to ServPak Prime options, in the event of a hardware failure, Proxim will repair or replace the failed product for any
reason, other than vandalism.

7x24x365 Availability
Unlimited, direct access to technical support engineers 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year including Holidays.

8x5 Availability
Unlimited, direct access to world-class technical support engineers 8 hours a day, 5 days a week, Monday through Friday from
8:00AM - 5:00PM Pacific Standard Time.

Basic Technical Support

Customers who purchase this service can be rest assured that their call will be answered by Proxim’s Tier 1 technical support
and a case opened immediately to document the problem and provide initial troubleshooting to identify the solution and
resolve the incident in a timely manner.

Advanced Technical Support

In addition to Proxim’s world-class Tier 1 technical support, customers will be able to have their more complex issues escalated
to our world-class Tier 3 technical support engineers. Our Tier 3 engineers will review specific configurations to troubleshoot
intricate issues and will also provide helpful insights regarding Proxim’s products and various tips from decades of collective
experience in the wireless industry.

Software Maintenance
It's important to maintain and enhance security and performance of wireless equipment and Proxim makes this easy by
providing a Software Maintenance program that enables customers to access new feature and functionality rich software
upgrades and updates. Customers will also have full access to Proxim's vast Knowledgebase of technical bulletins, white
papers and troubleshooting documents.

Post-Installation Optimization
You can consult with our technical support engineers to enhance performance and efficiency of your network.
Post-installation optimization services include:
• Review frequencies to select best possible channel
• Review Modulation, Channel Bandwidth, MIMO, and WORP settings to optimize throughput and link quality
• Review Satellite Density & TPC/ATPC settings
• Assistance with Bandwidth controls

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 191

 Technical Services and Support

• Assistance with QoS, RADIUS, and VLAN settings on Proxim equipment

To purchase ServPak support services, please contact your authorized Proxim distributor. To receive more information or for
questions on any of the available ServPak support options, please visit our website at
http://www.proxim.com/support/servpak, call Proxim Support (For telephone numbers, see Telephone Support) or send an
email to [email protected].

Tsunami ® 800 and 8000 Series - Reference Guide 192